Regenerate.
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (18310 14596))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (18310 14567))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (18368 9296))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
168 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
169 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
170 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "add-log.el" (18419
171 ;;;;;; 63244))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252
253 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
254 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
255 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
256 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
257 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
258 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
259 \\{change-log-mode-map}
260
261 \(fn)" t nil)
262
263 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
264 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
265
266 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
267 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
268
269 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
270 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
271
272 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
273 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
274
275 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
276 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
277
278 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
279 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
280 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
281 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
282 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
283
284 Has a preference of looking backwards.
285
286 \(fn)" nil nil)
287
288 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
289 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
290 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
291 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
292 or a buffer.
293
294 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
295 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
296
297 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
298
299 ;;;***
300 \f
301 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
302 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
303 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (18397 19038))
304 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
305
306 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
307 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
308 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
309 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
310 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
311 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
312 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
313 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
314 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
315 interpreted as `error'.")
316
317 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
318
319 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
320 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
321 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
322 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
323 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
324 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
325 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
326 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
327
328 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
329
330 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
331 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
332
333 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
334
335 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
336 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
337
338 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
339
340 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
341 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
342 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
343 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
344 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
345 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
346 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
347 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
348 will be overwritten with the new one.
349 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
350 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
351 will clear the cache.
352
353 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
354
355 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
356 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
357 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
358 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
359 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
360 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
361 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
362 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
363 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
364 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
365 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
366 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
367 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
368 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
369 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
370 definition will always be cached for later usage.
371
372 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
373
374 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
375 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
376 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
377
378 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
379 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
380 BODY...)
381
382 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
383 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
384 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
385 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
386 see also `ad-add-advice'.
387 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
388 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
389 before/around/after-advices will be used.
390 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
391 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
392 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
393 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
394 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
395 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
396
397 Semantics of the various flags:
398 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
399 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
400 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
401
402 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
403 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
404
405 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
406 advised function should be compiled.
407
408 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
409 during activation until somebody enables it.
410
411 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
412 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
413 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
414 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
415
416 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
417 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
418 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
419 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
420 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
421 during preloading.
422
423 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
424 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
425 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
426 BODY...)
427
428 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
429
430 ;;;***
431 \f
432 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
433 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
434 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (18310 14567))
435 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
436
437 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
438 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
439 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
440 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
441 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
442 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
443 rule's `separate' attribute).
444
445 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
446 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
447 `separate' attribute set.
448
449 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
450 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
451 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
452 on the format of these lists.
453
454 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
455
456 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
457 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
458 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
459 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
460 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
461 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
462 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
463 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
464 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
465 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
466 options.
467
468 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
469 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
470
471 Fred (123) 456-7890
472 Alice (123) 456-7890
473 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
474 Joe (123) 456-7890
475
476 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
477 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
478 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
479
480 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
481
482 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
483 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
484 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
485 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
486 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
487 align that section.
488
489 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
490
491 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
492 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
493 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
494 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
495 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
496 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
497 been used to align that section.
498
499 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
500
501 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
502 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
503 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
504 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
505 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
506 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
507 to be colored.
508
509 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
510
511 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
512 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
513
514 \(fn)" t nil)
515
516 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
517 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
518
519 \(fn)" t nil)
520
521 ;;;***
522 \f
523 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
524 ;;;;;; (18377 44622))
525 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
526
527 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
528
529 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
530
531 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
532
533 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
534
535 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
536
537 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
538
539 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
540
541 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
542
543 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
544
545 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
546
547 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
548
549 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
550
551 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
552
553 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
554
555 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
556
557 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
558
559 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
560 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
561 \\<allout-mode-map>
562
563 Optional prefix argument TOGGLE forces the mode to re-initialize
564 if it is positive, otherwise it turns the mode off. Allout
565 outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
566
567 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
568 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
569 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
570 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
571 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
572 outline.)
573
574 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
575
576 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
577 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
578 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
579 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
580 - easy topic encryption and decryption
581 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
582 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
583 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
584
585 and many other features.
586
587 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
588 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
589 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
590 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
591 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
592
593 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
594 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
595 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
596 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
597 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
598 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can invoke allout
599 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
600 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
601
602 Exposure Control:
603 ----------------
604 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
605 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
606 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
608 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
609
610 Navigation:
611 ----------
612 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
613 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
614 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
615 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
616 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
617 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
618 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
619 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
620 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
621 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
622
623
624 Topic Header Production:
625 -----------------------
626 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
627 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
628 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
629
630 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
631 ---------------------------------
632 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
633 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
634 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
635 current topic
636 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
637 its' offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
638 are alternated according to nesting depth.
639 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
640 the offspring are not affected.
641 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
642
643 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
644 ----------------------------------
645 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
646 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
647 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
648 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
649 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
650 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
651 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
652 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
653
654 Topic-oriented Encryption:
655 -------------------------
656 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
657 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
658
659 Misc commands:
660 -------------
661 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
662 and establish a default file-var setting
663 for `allout-layout'.
664 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
665 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
666 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
667 buffer with name derived from derived from that
668 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
669 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
670 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
671 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
672 format.
673 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
674 auto-activation.
675
676 Topic Encryption
677
678 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
679 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
680 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
681 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
682
683 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
684 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
685 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
686 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
687
688 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
689 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
690 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
691 pitfalls.
692
693 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
694 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
695 for details.
696
697 HOT-SPOT Operation
698
699 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
700 navigation and exposure control.
701
702 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
703 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
704 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
705 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
706 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
707
708 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
709 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
710 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
711 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
712 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
713
714 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
715 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
716 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
717 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
718 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
719 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
720 at the beginning of the current entry.
721
722 Extending Allout
723
724 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
725 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
726 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
727
728 `allout-mode-hook'
729 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
730 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
731 `allout-structure-added-hook'
732 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
733 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
734
735 Terminology
736
737 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
738
739 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
740 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
741 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
742 CURRENT ITEM:
743 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
744 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
745 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
746 called the:
747 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
748
749 ANCESTORS:
750 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
751 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
752 of the ITEM.
753 OFFSPRING:
754 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
755 SUBTOPIC:
756 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
757 CHILD:
758 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
759 SIBLINGS:
760 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
761
762 Topic text constituents:
763
764 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
765 text.
766 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
767 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
768 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
769 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
770 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
771 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
772 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
773 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
774 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
775 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
776 the PREFIX.
777
778 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
779 of the ITEM.
780 PREFIX-LEAD:
781 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
782 It can be customized by changing the setting of
783 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
784
785 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
786 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
787 program code without interfering with processing of the text
788 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
789 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
790 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
791 docstring for more detail.
792 PREFIX-PADDING:
793 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
794 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
795 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
796 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
797 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
798 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
799 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
800 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
801 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
802 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
803 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
804 more details.
805 EXPOSURE:
806 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
807 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
808 CONCEALED:
809 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
810 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
811
812 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
813 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
814 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
815
816 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
817
818 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
819
820 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
821 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
822
823 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
824 setup for auto-startup.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 ;;;***
829 \f
830 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
831 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (18368 9296))
832 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
833
834 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
835
836 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
837 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
838 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
839 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
840 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
841 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
842
843 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
844
845 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
846 Not documented
847
848 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
849
850 ;;;***
851 \f
852 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
853 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (18310 14596))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
855
856 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
857 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
858 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
859 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
860 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
861 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
862 in the current window.
863
864 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
865
866 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
867 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
868 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
869
870 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
871
872 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
873 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
874 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
875
876 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
877
878 ;;;***
879 \f
880 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
881 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (18310 14567))
882 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
883
884 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
885 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
886
887 \(fn)" t nil)
888
889 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
890 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
891
892 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
893 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
894 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
895 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
896
897 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
898 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
899
900 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
901
902 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
903
904 ;;;***
905 \f
906 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
907 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (18310 14597))
908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
909
910 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
911 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
912 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
913 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
914 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
915 \\[yank].
916
917 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
918 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
919 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
920 the rules.
921
922 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
923 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
924 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
925 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
926
927 \(fn)" t nil)
928
929 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
930 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
931 \\{antlr-mode-map}
932
933 \(fn)" t nil)
934
935 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
936 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
937 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
938
939 \(fn)" nil nil)
940
941 ;;;***
942 \f
943 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
944 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
945 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
946 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (18310 14579))
947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
948
949 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
950 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
951 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
952 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
953
954 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
955
956 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
957 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
958
959 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
960
961 (defvar appt-audible t "\
962 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
963
964 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
965
966 (defvar appt-visible t "\
967 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
968 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
969
970 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
971
972 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
973 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
974 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
975
976 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
977
978 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
979 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
980 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
981
982 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
983
984 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
985 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
986 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
987
988 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
989
990 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
991 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
992 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
993
994 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
995
996 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
997 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
998 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
999
1000 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1001
1002 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1003 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1004
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1006
1007 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1008 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1009 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1010 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1011 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1012 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1013 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1014
1015 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1016 function.
1017
1018 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1019 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1020
1021 \(fn)" nil nil)
1022
1023 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1024 Toggle checking of appointments.
1025 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1026 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1027
1028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1029
1030 ;;;***
1031 \f
1032 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1033 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1034 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (18310 14567))
1035 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1036
1037 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1038 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1039 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1040 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1041
1042 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1043 kind of objects to search.
1044
1045 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1046
1047 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1048 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1049 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1050 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1051 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1052 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1053
1054 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1055 normal variables.
1056
1057 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1058
1059 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1060
1061 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1062 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1063 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1064 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1065 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1066 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1067
1068 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1069 noninteractive functions.
1070
1071 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1072 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1073
1074 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1075 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1076
1077 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1078
1079 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1080 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1081
1082 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1083
1084 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1085 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1086 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1087 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1088
1089 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1090 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1091 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1092 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1093
1094 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1095 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1096
1097 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1098
1099 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1100
1101 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1102 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1109 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1110 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1111
1112 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1113
1114 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1115 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1116 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1117 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1118 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1119 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120
1121 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1122 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1123 bindings.
1124 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1125
1126 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1127
1128 ;;;***
1129 \f
1130 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (18310
1131 ;;;;;; 14567))
1132 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1133
1134 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1135 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1136 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1137 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1138 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1139 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1140
1141 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1142 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1143 archive.
1144
1145 \\{archive-mode-map}
1146
1147 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1148
1149 ;;;***
1150 \f
1151 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (18310 14567))
1152 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1153
1154 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1155 Major mode for editing arrays.
1156
1157 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1158 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1159 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1160
1161 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1162
1163 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1164 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1165 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1166
1167 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1168 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1169 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1170 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1171 The variables are:
1172
1173 Variables you assign:
1174 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1175 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1176 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1177 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1178 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1179 row numbers in the buffer.
1180
1181 Variables which are calculated:
1182 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1183 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1184
1185 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1186 take a numeric prefix argument):
1187
1188 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1189 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1190 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1191 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1192
1193 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1194 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1195 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1196 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1197
1198 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1199 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1200 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1201 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1202
1203 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1204 between that of point and mark.
1205
1206 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1207 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1208
1209 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1210 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1211 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1212 newlines inside rows)
1213
1214 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1215
1216 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1217
1218 \(fn)" t nil)
1219
1220 ;;;***
1221 \f
1222 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (18310
1223 ;;;;;; 14603))
1224 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1225
1226 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1227 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1228 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1229 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1230
1231 How to quit artist mode
1232
1233 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1234
1235
1236 How to submit a bug report
1237
1238 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1239
1240
1241 Drawing with the mouse:
1242
1243 mouse-2
1244 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1245 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1246 below).
1247
1248 mouse-1
1249 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1250 or pastes:
1251
1252 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1253 --------------------------------------------------------------
1254 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1255 to new point
1256 --------------------------------------------------------------
1257 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1272 lines
1273 --------------------------------------------------------------
1274 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Paste Paste Paste
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282
1283 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1284 or diagonally.
1285
1286 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1287 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1288 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1289 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1290 poly-lines.
1291
1292 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1293 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1294 overwrite means the opposite.
1295
1296 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1297 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1298 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1299
1300 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1301
1302 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1303 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1304
1305 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1306 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1307 are currently drawing something.
1308
1309 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1310 some time to fill.
1311
1312
1313 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1314 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1315
1316
1317 Settings
1318
1319 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1320
1321 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1322
1323 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1324
1325 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1326
1327 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1328 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1329
1330 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1331
1332
1333 Drawing with keys
1334
1335 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1336 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1337 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1338 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1339 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1340 When pasting: Pastes
1341
1342 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1343
1344 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1345
1346 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1347 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1348 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1349 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1350 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1351 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1352
1353
1354 Arrows
1355
1356 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1357 of the line/poly-line
1358
1359 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1360 of the line/poly-line
1361
1362
1363 Selecting operation
1364
1365 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1366
1367 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1368 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1369 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1370 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1371 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1372 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1373 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1374 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1375 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1376 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1377 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1378 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1379 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1380 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1381 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1382 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1383 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1384 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1385 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1386 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1387
1388
1389 Variables
1390
1391 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1392 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1393
1394 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1395 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1396 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1397 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1398 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1399 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1400 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1401 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1402 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1403 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1404 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1405 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1406 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1407 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1408 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1409 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1410 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1411 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1412 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1413
1414 Hooks
1415
1416 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1417 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1418
1419
1420 Keymap summary
1421
1422 \\{artist-mode-map}
1423
1424 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1425
1426 ;;;***
1427 \f
1428 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (18310
1429 ;;;;;; 14597))
1430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1431
1432 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1433 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1434 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1435
1436 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1437 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1438 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1440
1441 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1442 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1443
1444 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1445 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1446
1447 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1448
1449 Special commands:
1450 \\{asm-mode-map}
1451
1452 \(fn)" t nil)
1453
1454 ;;;***
1455 \f
1456 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1457 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1458 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1459
1460 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1461 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1462 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1463
1464 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1465
1466 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1467 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1468 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1469 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1470 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1471 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1472 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1473 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1474 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1475 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1476
1477 For example:
1478 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1479 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1480 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1481 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1482 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1483
1484 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1485
1486 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1487
1488 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1489 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1490 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1493 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1494
1495 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1496
1497 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1498 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1499 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1500 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1501 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1502 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1503
1504 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1505
1506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1507
1508 ;;;***
1509 \f
1510 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1511 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
1512 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1513
1514 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1515 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1516
1517 \(fn)" t nil)
1518
1519 ;;;***
1520 \f
1521 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1522 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (18310 14567))
1523 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1524
1525 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1526 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1527 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1528
1529 \(fn)" t nil)
1530
1531 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1532 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1533 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1534 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1535
1536 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1537
1538 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1539 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1540 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1543 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1544
1545 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1546
1547 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1548 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1549 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1550 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1551
1552 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1553 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1554
1555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1556
1557 ;;;***
1558 \f
1559 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1560 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1561 ;;;;;; (18430 50673))
1562 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1563
1564 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1565 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1566 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1567 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1568 save the buffer too.
1569
1570 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1571
1572 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1573
1574 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1575 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1576 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1577 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1578 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1579 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1580
1581 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1582 directory or directories specified.
1583
1584 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1585
1586 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1587 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1588 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1589
1590 \(fn)" nil nil)
1591
1592 ;;;***
1593 \f
1594 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1595 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1596 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (18310 14567))
1597 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1598
1599 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1600 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1601
1602 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1603 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1604 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1605 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1606 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1607
1608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609
1610 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1611 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1612
1613 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1614 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1615
1616 \(fn)" nil nil)
1617
1618 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1619 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1620 With arg, turn Tail mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
1621
1622 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1623 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1624 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1625 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1626 reflected in the current buffer.
1627
1628 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1629 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1630 writing before you save the file!
1631
1632 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1633
1634 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1635
1636 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1637 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1638
1639 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1640 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1641
1642 \(fn)" nil nil)
1643
1644 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1645 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1646 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1647 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1648 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1649 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1650
1651 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1652
1653 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1654 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1655
1656 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1657 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1658 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1659
1660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1661
1662 ;;;***
1663 \f
1664 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1665 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (18310 14567))
1666 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1667
1668 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1669 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1670 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1671 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1672 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1673
1674 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1675
1676 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1677 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1678 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1679 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1680
1681 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1682 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1683 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1684
1685 Effects of the different modes:
1686 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1687 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1688 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1689 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1690 a random distance & direction.
1691 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1692 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1693 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1694
1695 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1696
1697 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1698 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1699 definition of \"random distance\".)
1700
1701 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1702
1703 ;;;***
1704 \f
1705 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1706 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
1707 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1708
1709 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1710 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1711
1712 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1713 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1714
1715 For example:
1716
1717 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1718 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1719 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1720 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1721
1722 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1723
1724 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1725
1726 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1727
1728 ;;;***
1729 \f
1730 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1731 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
1732 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1733 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1734
1735 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1736 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1737 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1738 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1739
1740 \(fn)" t nil)
1741
1742 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1743 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1744 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1747 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1748
1749 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1750
1751 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1752 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1753 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1754 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1755 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1756 seconds.
1757
1758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1759
1760 ;;;***
1761 \f
1762 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1763 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (18310 14580))
1764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1765
1766 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1767 Time execution of FORMS.
1768 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1769 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1770 FORMS once.
1771 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1772 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1773 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1774
1775 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1776
1777 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1778 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1779 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1780 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1781 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1782
1783 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1784
1785 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1786 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1787 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1788 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1789 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1790
1791 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1792
1793 ;;;***
1794 \f
1795 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (18377
1796 ;;;;;; 44624))
1797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1798
1799 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1800 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1801
1802 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1803
1804 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1805 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1806 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1807 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1808
1809 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1810 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1811 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1812 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1813 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1814
1815 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1816 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1817
1818
1819 Special information:
1820
1821 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1822
1823 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1824 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1825 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1826 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1827 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1828 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1829 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1830 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1831 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1832 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1833 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1834
1835 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1836 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1837 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1838 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1839 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1840 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1841 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1842 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1843
1844 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1845
1846 ----------------------------------------------------------
1847 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1848 if that value is non-nil.
1849
1850 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1851
1852 \(fn)" t nil)
1853
1854 ;;;***
1855 \f
1856 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1857 ;;;;;; (18383 1614))
1858 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1859 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.bst\\'" . bibtex-style-mode))
1860
1861 (autoload (quote bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "\
1862 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1863
1864 \(fn)" t nil)
1865
1866 ;;;***
1867 \f
1868 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1869 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1870 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
1871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1872
1873 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1874
1875 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1876 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1877 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1878
1879 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1880
1881 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1882 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1883
1884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1885
1886 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1887 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1888
1889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1890
1891 ;;;***
1892 \f
1893 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (18310
1894 ;;;;;; 14596))
1895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1896
1897 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1898 Play blackbox.
1899 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1900
1901 What is blackbox?
1902
1903 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1904 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1905 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1906 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1907 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1908 your score.
1909
1910 Overview of play:
1911
1912 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1913 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1914 four.
1915
1916 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1917 movement keys.
1918
1919 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1920 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1921
1922 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1923 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1924
1925 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1926 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1927 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1928 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1929 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1930 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1931
1932 Details:
1933
1934 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1935
1936 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1937 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1938 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1939 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1940
1941 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1942 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1943 denoted by the letter `R'.
1944
1945 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1946 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1947 denoted by the letter `H'.
1948
1949 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1950 example.
1951
1952 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1953 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1954 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1955 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1956 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1957 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1958 ray.
1959
1960 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1961 degree deflection it causes.
1962
1963 1
1964 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1965 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1966 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1967 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1968 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1969 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1970 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1971 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1972 2 3
1973
1974 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1975 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1976
1977
1978 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1979 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1980 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1981 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1982 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1983 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1984 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1986
1987 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1988 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1989 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1990 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1991 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1992 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1993 emerging from the box.
1994
1995 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1996
1997 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1998 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1999 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2000 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2001 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2002 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2005
2006 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2007 a reflection.
2008
2009 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2010
2011 ;;;***
2012 \f
2013 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2014 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2015 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2016 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (18310 14567))
2017 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2018 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2019 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2021
2022 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2023 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2024 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2025 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2026 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2027 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2028 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2031 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2032 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2033 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2034 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2041
2042 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2043 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2044 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2045 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2046 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2047 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2048 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2049 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2050 recent one.
2051
2052 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2053 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2054 yank successive words.
2055
2056 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2057 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2058 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2059 name of the file being visited.
2060
2061 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2062 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2063 the list of bookmarks.)
2064
2065 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2066
2067 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2068 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2069 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2070 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2071 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2072 this.
2073
2074 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2075 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2076 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2077 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2078
2079 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2080
2081 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2082 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2083 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2084 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2085 after a bookmark was set in it.
2086
2087 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2088
2089 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2090 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2091 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2092 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2093
2094 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2095
2096 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2097
2098 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2099 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2100 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2101 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2102
2103 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2104 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2105 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2106
2107 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2108 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2109 name.
2110
2111 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2112
2113 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2114 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2115 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2116 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2117 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2118 this.
2119
2120 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2121
2122 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2123 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2124 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2125 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2126 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2127 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2128 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2129 probably because we were called from there.
2130
2131 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2132
2133 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2134 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2135 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2136
2137 \(fn)" t nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2140 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2141 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2142 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2143 \(second argument).
2144
2145 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2146 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2147 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2148 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2149 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2150
2151 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2152 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2153 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2154 `bookmark-default-file'.
2155
2156 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2157
2158 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2159 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2160 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2161 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2162 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2163 while loading.
2164
2165 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2166 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2167 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2168 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2169 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2170 explicitly.
2171
2172 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2173 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2174 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2175 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2176
2177 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2178
2179 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2180 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2181 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2182 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2183 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2184
2185 \(fn)" t nil)
2186
2187 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2188
2189 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2190
2191 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2192
2193 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2194
2195 ;;;***
2196 \f
2197 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2198 ;;;;;; browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm browse-url-w3-gnudoit
2199 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2200 ;;;;;; browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla
2201 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse
2202 ;;;;;; browse-url-at-point browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2203 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2205 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (18310 14594))
2206 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2207
2208 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2209 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2210 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2211 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2212
2213 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2214 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2215 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2216 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2217 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2218
2219 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2220
2221 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2222 The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2223
2224 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2225
2226 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2227 The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2228
2229 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2230
2231 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2232 Not documented
2233
2234 \(fn)" nil nil)
2235
2236 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2237 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2238 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2239 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2240 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2241 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2242
2243 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2244
2245 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2246 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2247 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2248 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2249 narrowed.
2250
2251 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2252
2253 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2254 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2255
2256 \(fn)" t nil)
2257
2258 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2259 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2260
2261 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2262
2263 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2264 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2265 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2266 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2267
2268 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2272 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2273 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2279 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2280 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2281 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2282 to use.
2283
2284 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2285
2286 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2287 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2288 Default to the URL around or before point.
2289
2290 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2291 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2292 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2293 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2294
2295 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2296 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2297
2298 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2299 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, and then W3.
2300
2301 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2302
2303 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2304 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2305 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2306 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2307
2308 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2309 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2310 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2311 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2312
2313 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2314 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2315 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2316
2317 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2318 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2319
2320 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2321
2322 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2323 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2324 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2325 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2326
2327 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2328 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2329 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2330 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2331
2332 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2333 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2334 new tab in an existing window instead.
2335
2336 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2337 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2338
2339 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2340
2341 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2342 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2343 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2344 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2345 Firefox.
2346
2347 When called interactively, if variable
2348 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2349 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2350 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2351 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2352
2353 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2354 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2355 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2356
2357 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2358 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2359
2360 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2361 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2362 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2363 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2364 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2365 URL in a new window.
2366
2367 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2368
2369 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2370 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2371 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2372 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2373
2374 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2375 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2376 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2377 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2378
2379 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2380 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2381 new tab in an existing window instead.
2382
2383 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2384 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2385
2386 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2387
2388 (autoload (quote browse-url-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2390
2391 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2392
2393 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2394 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2395 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2396 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2397
2398 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2399 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2400 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2401 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2402
2403 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2404 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407
2408 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2409 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2410
2411 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2412 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2413 program is invoked according to the variable
2414 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2415
2416 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2417 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2418 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2419 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2420
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2425
2426 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point.
2429
2430 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2431 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2432 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2433
2434 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2435 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2436 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2437 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438
2439 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2440 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2441
2442 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443
2444 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446 Default to the URL around or before point.
2447
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2450 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2467 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2469
2470 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2475 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2476
2477 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2486
2487 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2488 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2489 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2490 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2491 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2492 current one.
2493
2494 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2495 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2496 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2497 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2498
2499 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2500 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501
2502 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2503
2504 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2505 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2506 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2507 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2508 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2509 don't offer a form of remote control.
2510
2511 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2512
2513 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2514 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2515 Default to the URL around or before point.
2516
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519 ;;;***
2520 \f
2521 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (18310
2522 ;;;;;; 14596))
2523 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2524
2525 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2526 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2527
2528 \(fn)" t nil)
2529
2530 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2531 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2532
2533 \(fn)" nil nil)
2534
2535 ;;;***
2536 \f
2537 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2538 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (18310 14567))
2539 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2540
2541 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2542 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2543 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2544 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2545
2546 \(fn)" t nil)
2547
2548 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2549 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2550 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2551 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2552
2553 \(fn)" t nil)
2554
2555 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2556 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2557
2558 \(fn)" t nil)
2559
2560 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2561 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2562 \\<bs-mode-map>
2563 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2564 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2565 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2566 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2567
2568 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2569 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2570 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2571 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2572 name of buffer configuration.
2573
2574 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2575
2576 ;;;***
2577 \f
2578 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2579 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (18310
2580 ;;;;;; 14567))
2581 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2582
2583 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2584 Keymap used by buttons.")
2585
2586 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2587 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2588 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2589
2590 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2591 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2592 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2593 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2594 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2595 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2596
2597 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2598 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2599 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2600 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2601
2602 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2603
2604 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2605 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2606 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2607 specifying properties to add to the button.
2608 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2609 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2610 `define-button-type'.
2611
2612 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2613
2614 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2615
2616 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2617 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2618 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2619 specifying properties to add to the button.
2620 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2621 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2622 `define-button-type'.
2623
2624 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2625
2626 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2627
2628 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2629 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2630 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2631 specifying properties to add to the button.
2632 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2633 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2634 `define-button-type'.
2635
2636 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2637 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2638 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2639 `make-text-button'.
2640
2641 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2642
2643 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2644
2645 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2646 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2647 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2648 specifying properties to add to the button.
2649 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2650 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2651 `define-button-type'.
2652
2653 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2654 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2655 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2656 `insert-text-button'.
2657
2658 Also see `make-text-button'.
2659
2660 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2661
2662 ;;;***
2663 \f
2664 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2665 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2666 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2667 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2668 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (18593 55295))
2669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2670 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2671 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2672 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2673 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable 'byte-compile-warnings-safe-p)
2674
2675 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2676 Not documented
2677
2678 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2679
2680 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2681 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2682 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2683
2684 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2685
2686 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2687 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2688 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2689 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2690
2691 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2692 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2693 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2694 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2695 whether to compile it.
2696
2697 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2698
2699 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2700 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2701
2702 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2703 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2704
2705 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2706 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2707 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2708 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2709 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2710 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2711
2712 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2713
2714 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2715 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2716 Print the result in the echo area.
2717 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2718
2719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720
2721 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2722 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2723 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2724
2725 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2726
2727 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2728 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2729 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2730 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2731 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2732 all functions called by those functions.
2733
2734 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2735 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2736 cons, etc.).
2737
2738 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2739 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2740 invoked interactively.
2741
2742 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2743
2744 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2745 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2746 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2747 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2748
2749 \(fn)" nil nil)
2750
2751 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2752 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2753 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2754 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2755 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2756 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2757 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2758 already up-to-date.
2759
2760 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2761
2762 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2763 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2764 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2765 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2766
2767 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2768 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2769 and corresponding effects.
2770
2771 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2772
2773 ;;;***
2774 \f
2775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (18310 14579))
2776 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2777
2778 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2779
2780 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2781
2782 ;;;***
2783 \f
2784 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2785 ;;;;;; (18489 51007))
2786 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2787
2788 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2789 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2790 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2791 from the cursor position.
2792
2793 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2794
2795 ;;;***
2796 \f
2797 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2798 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2799 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2800 ;;;;;; (18417 40519))
2801 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2802
2803 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2804 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2805
2806 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2807 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2808
2809 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2810 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2811
2812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2813
2814 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2815 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2816
2817 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2818
2819 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2820 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2821
2822 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2823
2824 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2825 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2826
2827 \(fn)" t nil)
2828
2829 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2830 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2831 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2832 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2833
2834 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2835
2836 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2837 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2838 This is most useful in the X window system.
2839 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2840 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2841
2842 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2843
2844 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2845 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2846 See calc-keypad for details.
2847
2848 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849
2850 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2851 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2852
2853 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2854
2855 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2856 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2857
2858 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2859
2860 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2861 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2862
2863 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2866 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2867 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2872 Not documented
2873
2874 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (18310
2879 ;;;;;; 14567))
2880 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2881
2882 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2883 Run the Emacs calculator.
2884 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2885
2886 \(fn)" t nil)
2887
2888 ;;;***
2889 \f
2890 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2891 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2892 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2893 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2894 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2895 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2896 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2897 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2898 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2899 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2900 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2901 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2902 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2903 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2904 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2905 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2906 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2907 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (18593 55294))
2908 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2909
2910 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2911 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2912 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2913 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2914 the screen.")
2915
2916 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2917
2918 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2919 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2920 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2921 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2922 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2923 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2924
2925 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2926
2927 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2928 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2929 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2930
2931 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2932
2933 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2934 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2935 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2936
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2938
2939 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2941 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2942 displayed.")
2943
2944 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2945
2946 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2947 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2948 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2949
2950 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2951
2952 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2953 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2954 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2955
2956 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2957
2958 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2959
2960 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2961 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2962 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2963
2964 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2965 calendar.")
2966
2967 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2968
2969 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2970 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2971 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2972
2973 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2974 calendar.")
2975
2976 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2977
2978 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2979 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2980 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2981
2982 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2983 calendar.")
2984
2985 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2986
2987 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2988 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2989 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2990
2991 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2992
2993 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2994 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2995 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2996 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2997 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2998
2999 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3000
3001 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3002 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3003 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3004 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3005 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3006 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3007 a function is also provided for this:
3008 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3009
3010 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3011 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3012 date is not visible in the window.
3013
3014 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3015 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3016 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3017
3018 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3019
3020 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3021 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3022
3023 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3024 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3025 date is visible in the window.
3026
3027 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3028 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3029 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3030
3031 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3032
3033 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3034 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3035
3036 For example,
3037
3038 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3039
3040 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3041
3042 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3043
3044 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3045 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3046
3047 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3048 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3049
3050 MONTH/DAY
3051 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3052 MONTHNAME DAY
3053 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3054 DAYNAME
3055
3056 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3057 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3058 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3059 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3060 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3061 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3062 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3063 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3064 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3065 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3066 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3067 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3068 in every week.
3069
3070 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3071 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3072 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3073 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3074
3075 DAY/MONTH
3076 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3077 DAY MONTHNAME
3078 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3079 DAYNAME
3080
3081 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3082 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3083
3084 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3085 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3086 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3087 window but will appear in a diary window.
3088
3089 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3090 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3091
3092 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3093 entries (in the default American style):
3094
3095 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3096 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3097 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3098 21: Payday
3099 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3100 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3101 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3102 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3103 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3104 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3105 &* 15 time cards due.
3106
3107 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3108 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3109 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3110 single diary entry
3111
3112 02/11/1989
3113 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3114 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3115 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3116 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3117 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3118 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3119
3120 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3121 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3122 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3123
3124 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3125
3126 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3127
3128 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3129 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3130 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3131 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3132 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3133 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3134 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3135 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3136 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3137 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3138 details.
3139
3140 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3141 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3142 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3143 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3144 documentation for these functions for details.
3145
3146 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3147 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3148
3149 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3150
3151 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3152 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3153
3154 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3155
3156 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3157 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3158
3159 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3160
3161 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3162 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3163
3164 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3165
3166 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3167 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3168
3169 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3170
3171 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3172 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3173 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3176
3177 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3178 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3179 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3180
3181 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3182
3183 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3184 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3185 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3186 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3187 full.")
3188
3189 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3190
3191 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3192 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3193 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3194 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3195 are
3196
3197 DAY/MONTH
3198 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3199 DAY MONTHNAME
3200 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3201 DAYNAME
3202
3203 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3204 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3205 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3206
3207 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3208 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3209 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3210 `american-calendar'.")
3211
3212 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3213
3214 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3215 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3216 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3217
3218 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3219
3220 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3222 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223
3224 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225
3226 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3227 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3228 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3229
3230 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3231
3232 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3233 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3234 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235
3236 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237
3238 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3239 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3240 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3241 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3242 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3243 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3244
3245 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3246
3247 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3248 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3249 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3250
3251 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3252 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3253 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3254 of the form
3255
3256 #include \"filename\"
3257
3258 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3259 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3260 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3261 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3262 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3263
3264 For example, you could use
3265
3266 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3267 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3268 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3269
3270 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3271 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3272 lexicographic order.")
3273
3274 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3275
3276 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3277 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3278 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3279
3280 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3281
3282 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3283 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3284 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3285 diary display.
3286
3287 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3288 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3289 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3290 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3291 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3292 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3293 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3294
3295 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3296 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3297 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3298 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3299 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3300 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3301 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3302 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3303
3304 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3305
3306 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3307 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3308 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3309 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3310 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3311 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3312 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3313
3314 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3315
3316 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3317 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3318
3319 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3320 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3321 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3322 of the form
3323 #include \"filename\"
3324 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3325 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3326 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3327 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3328 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3329
3330 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3331
3332 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3333 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3334 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3335 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3336 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3337 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3338 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3339
3340 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3341
3342 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3343 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3344 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3345 are holidays.")
3346
3347 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3348
3349 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3350 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3351 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3352 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3353 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3354
3355 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3356
3357 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3358
3359 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3360 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3361 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3362
3363 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3364
3365 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3366
3367 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3368 Oriental holidays.
3369 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3370
3371 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3372
3373 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3374
3375 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3376 Local holidays.
3377 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3378
3379 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3380
3381 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3382
3383 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3384 User defined holidays.
3385 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3386
3387 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3388
3389 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3390
3391 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3392
3393 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3394
3395 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3396
3397 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3398
3399 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3400
3401 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3402
3403 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3404
3405 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3406
3407 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3408 Jewish holidays.
3409 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3410
3411 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3412
3413 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3414
3415 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3416 Christian holidays.
3417 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3418
3419 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3420
3421 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3422
3423 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3424 Islamic holidays.
3425 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3426
3427 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3428
3429 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3430
3431 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3432 Baha'i holidays.
3433 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3434
3435 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3436
3437 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3438
3439 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3440 Sun-related holidays.
3441 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3442
3443 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3444
3445 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3446
3447 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3448 The frame setup of the calendar.
3449 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3450 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3451 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3452 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3453 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3454
3455 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3456
3457 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3458 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3459 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3460
3461 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3462 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3463
3464 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3465
3466 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3467 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3468 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3469
3470 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3471 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3472 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3473 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3474
3475 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3476
3477 ;;;***
3478 \f
3479 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3480 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (18310 14584))
3481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3482
3483 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3484 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3485
3486 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3487
3488 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3489 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3490 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3491 it fails.
3492
3493 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3494
3495 ;;;***
3496 \f
3497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (18310
3498 ;;;;;; 14597))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3500 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3501
3502 ;;;***
3503 \f
3504 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3505 ;;;;;; (18524 49166))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3507
3508 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3509 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3510
3511 \(fn)" nil nil)
3512
3513 ;;;***
3514 \f
3515 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3516 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3517 ;;;;;; (18488 2751))
3518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3519
3520 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3521 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3522 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3523 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3524 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3525 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3526 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3527
3528 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3529
3530 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3531 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3532 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3533 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3534 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3535 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3536 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3537 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3538
3539 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3540 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3541 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3542 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3543 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3544 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3545
3546 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3547
3548 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3549 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3550
3551 Key bindings:
3552 \\{c-mode-map}
3553
3554 \(fn)" t nil)
3555
3556 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3557 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3558
3559 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3560 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3561 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3562 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3563 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3564 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3565 message.
3566
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3568
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3571
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c++-mode-map}
3574
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3576
3577 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3579 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3580
3581 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3582 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3583 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3584 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3585 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3586 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3587 message.
3588
3589 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3590
3591 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3592 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3593
3594 Key bindings:
3595 \\{objc-mode-map}
3596
3597 \(fn)" t nil)
3598
3599 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3600 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3601 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3602
3603 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3604 Major mode for editing Java code.
3605 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3606 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3607 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3608 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3609 message.
3610
3611 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3612
3613 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3614 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3615
3616 Key bindings:
3617 \\{java-mode-map}
3618
3619 \(fn)" t nil)
3620
3621 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3622 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3623 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3624
3625 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3626 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3627 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3628 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3629 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3630 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3631 message.
3632
3633 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3634
3635 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3636 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3637
3638 Key bindings:
3639 \\{idl-mode-map}
3640
3641 \(fn)" t nil)
3642
3643 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3644 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3645 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3646 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3647
3648 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3649 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3650 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3651 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3652 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3653 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3654 message.
3655
3656 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3657
3658 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3659 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3660
3661 Key bindings:
3662 \\{pike-mode-map}
3663
3664 \(fn)" t nil)
3665 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3666 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3668 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3669 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3670 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3671
3672 ;;;***
3673 \f
3674 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3675 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (18578 10872))
3676 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3677
3678 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3679 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3680 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3681 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3682
3683 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3684
3685 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3686 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3687 might get set too.
3688
3689 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3690 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3691 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3692 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3693 way.
3694
3695 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3696 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3697 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3698 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3699 a null operation.
3700
3701 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3702
3703 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3704 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3705 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3706 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3707
3708 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3709
3710 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3711 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3712 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3713
3714 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3715
3716 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3717 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3718 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3719 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3720 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3721
3722 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3723
3724 ;;;***
3725 \f
3726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (18310
3727 ;;;;;; 14597))
3728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3729 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3730
3731 ;;;***
3732 \f
3733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (18342 38263))
3734 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3735 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3736 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3737 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3738
3739 ;;;***
3740 \f
3741 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3742 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3743 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3745
3746 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3747 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3748
3749 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3750
3751 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3752 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3753
3754 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3755
3756 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3757 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3758
3759 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3760 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3761 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3762 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3763 execution.
3764
3765 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3766
3767 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3768
3769 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3770 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3771
3772 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3773 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3774 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3775 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3776
3777 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3778 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3779 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3780 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3781 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3782 `write' commands.
3783
3784 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3785 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3786 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3787 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3788
3789 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3790 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3791 semantics.
3792
3793 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3794
3795 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3796
3797 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3798
3799 STATEMENT :=
3800 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3801 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3802
3803 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3804 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3805 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3806 | integer
3807
3808 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3809
3810 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3811 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3812 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3813
3814 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3815 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3816 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3817
3818 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3819 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3820
3821 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3822 BREAK := (break)
3823
3824 REPEAT :=
3825 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3826 (repeat)
3827 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3828 ;; (repeat))
3829 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3830 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3831 ;; (read REG)
3832 ;; (repeat))
3833 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3834 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3835 ;; (read REG)
3836 ;; (repeat))
3837 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3838
3839 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3840 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3841 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3842 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3843 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3844 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3845 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3846 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3847 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3848 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3849 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3850 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3851 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3852 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3853 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3854 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3855
3856 WRITE :=
3857 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3858 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3859 ;; representation.
3860 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3861 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3862 ;; (write r7))
3863 | (write EXPRESSION)
3864 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3865 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3866 ;; representation.
3867 | (write integer)
3868 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3869 ;; buffer.
3870 | (write string)
3871 ;; Same as: (write string)
3872 | string
3873 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3874 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3875 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3876 ;; representation.
3877 | (write REG ARRAY)
3878 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3879 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3880 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3881 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3882 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3883 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3884
3885 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3886 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3887
3888 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3889 END := (end)
3890
3891 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3892 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3893 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3894
3895 ARG := REG | integer
3896
3897 OPERATOR :=
3898 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3899 + | - | * | / | %
3900
3901 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3902 | & | `|' | ^
3903
3904 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3905 | << | >>
3906
3907 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3908 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3909 | <8
3910
3911 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3912 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3913 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3914 | >8
3915
3916 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3917 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3918 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3919 | //
3920
3921 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3922 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3923
3924 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3925 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3926 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3927 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3928 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3929 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3930 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3931 | de-sjis
3932
3933 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3934 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3935 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3936 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3937 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3938 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3939 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3940 ;; byte of SJIS.
3941 | en-sjis
3942
3943 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3944 ;; Same meaning as C code
3945 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3946
3947 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3948 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3949 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3950 | <8=
3951
3952 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3953 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3954 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3955
3956 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3957 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3958 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3959 | //=
3960
3961 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3962
3963
3964 TRANSLATE :=
3965 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3966 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3967 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3968 LOOKUP :=
3969 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3970 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3971 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3972 MAP :=
3973 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3974 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3975 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3976 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3977 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3978 MAP-ID := integer
3979
3980 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3981
3982 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3983 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3984 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3985 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3986 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3987 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3988
3989 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3990
3991 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3992 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3993 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3994
3995 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3996
3997 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3998
3999 ;;;***
4000 \f
4001 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4002 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4004
4005 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4006 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4007 There are no special keybindings by default.
4008
4009 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4010 to the action header.
4011
4012 \(fn)" t nil)
4013
4014 ;;;***
4015 \f
4016 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4017 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4018 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4019 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4020 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4021 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4022 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4023 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4024 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4026
4027 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4028 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4029 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4030 the users will view as each check is completed.
4031
4032 \(fn)" t nil)
4033
4034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4035 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4036 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4037 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4038 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4039 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4040 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4041 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4042
4043 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4044
4045 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4046 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4047 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4048 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4049 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4050 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4051 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4052 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4053
4054 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4055
4056 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4057 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4058 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4059 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4060 spacing are all verified.
4061
4062 \(fn)" t nil)
4063
4064 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4065 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4066 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4067 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4068 otherwise stop after the first error.
4069
4070 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4071
4072 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4073 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4074 Only documentation strings are checked.
4075 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4076 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4077 a separate buffer.
4078
4079 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4080
4081 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4082 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4083 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4084 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4085 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4086
4087 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4088
4089 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4090 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4091 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4092 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4093 if there is one.
4094
4095 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4096
4097 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4098 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4099 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4100 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4101 if there is one.
4102 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4103
4104 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4105
4106 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4107 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4108 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4109
4110 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4111
4112 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4113 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4114 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4115 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4116 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4117
4118 \(fn)" t nil)
4119
4120 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4121 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4122 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4123 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4124 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4125 space at the end of each line.
4126
4127 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4128
4129 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4130 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4131 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4132 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4133
4134 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4135
4136 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4137 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4138 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4139 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4140
4141 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4142
4143 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4144 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4145 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4146 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4147
4148 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4154
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4161
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4168
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4170
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4175
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4182
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4189
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4191
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4194 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
4195 turn it off.
4196
4197 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4198 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4199 checking of documentation strings.
4200
4201 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4202
4203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4204
4205 ;;;***
4206 \f
4207 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4208 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (18310
4209 ;;;;;; 14591))
4210 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4211
4212 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4213 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4214 Return the length of resulting text.
4215
4216 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4217
4218 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4219 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4220
4221 \(fn)" t nil)
4222
4223 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4224 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4225 Return the length of resulting text.
4226
4227 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4228
4229 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4230 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4231
4232 \(fn)" t nil)
4233
4234 ;;;***
4235 \f
4236 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4237 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (18310 14567))
4238 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4239
4240 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4241 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4242 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4243 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4244 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4245 editing and the result is evaluated.
4246
4247 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4250 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4251 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4252 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4253 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4254
4255 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4256
4257 \(fn)" t nil)
4258
4259 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4260 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4261 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4262 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4263 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4264
4265 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4266 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4267 \\{command-history-map}
4268
4269 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4270 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4271
4272 \(fn)" t nil)
4273
4274 ;;;***
4275 \f
4276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (18310 14580))
4277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4278
4279 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4280 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4281 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4282 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4283 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4284 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4285
4286 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4287 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4288
4289 ;;;***
4290 \f
4291 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4292 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
4293 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4294
4295 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4296 Not documented
4297
4298 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4299
4300 ;;;***
4301 \f
4302 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4303 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
4304 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4305
4306 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4307 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4308 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4309 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4310
4311 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4312 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4313 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4314 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4315
4316 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4317 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4318
4319 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4320
4321 ;;;***
4322 \f
4323 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (18310
4324 ;;;;;; 14567))
4325 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4326
4327 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4328 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4329 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4330 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4331 of `scheme-program-name').
4332 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4333 it is given as initial input.
4334 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4335 discards input when it starts up.
4336 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4337 is run).
4338 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4339
4340 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4341 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4342
4343 ;;;***
4344 \f
4345 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4346 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
4347 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4348
4349 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4350 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4351 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4352 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4353 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4354 ?* is used.
4355 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4356
4357 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4358 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4359 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4360 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4361 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4362 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4363 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4364 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4365 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4366 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4367 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4368 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4369 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4370 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4371 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4372 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4373 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4374 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4375 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4376 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4377 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4402
4403 ;;;***
4404 \f
4405 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4406 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4407 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (18368 29739))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4409
4410 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4411 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4412 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4413 ASCII table.
4414
4415 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4416 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4417 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4418 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4419
4420 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4421
4422 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4423 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4424 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4425
4426 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4427
4428 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4429 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4430 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4431
4432 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4433
4434 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4435 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4436 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4437
4438 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4439
4440 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4441 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4442
4443 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4444 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4445 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4446
4447 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4448 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4449
4450 \(fn)" nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4453 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4454
4455 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4456 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4457 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4458
4459 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4460
4461 ;;;***
4462 \f
4463 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4464 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4465 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4466 ;;;;;; (18612 36171))
4467 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4468
4469 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4470 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4471 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4472 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4473 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4474 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4475 functions have already modified the buffer.
4476
4477 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4478
4479 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4480 either globally or locally.")
4481
4482 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4483
4484 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4485 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4486 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4487 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4488 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4489 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4490 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4491 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4492
4493 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4494
4495 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4496
4497 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4498 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4499 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4500 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4501 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4502 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4503 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4504 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4505
4506 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4507
4508 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4509
4510 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4511 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4512 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4513 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4514 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4515 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4516
4517 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4518
4519 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4520 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4521 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4522 directory tracking functions.")
4523
4524 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4525 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4526 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4527
4528 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4529
4530 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4531
4532 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4533 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4534 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4535
4536 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4537
4538 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4539
4540 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4541 Send COMMAND to current process.
4542 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4543 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4544
4545 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4546
4547 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4548 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4549 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4550 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4551
4552 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4553
4554 ;;;***
4555 \f
4556 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (18310
4557 ;;;;;; 14567))
4558 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4559
4560 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4561 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4562 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4563 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4564
4565 This command pushes the mark in each window
4566 at the prior location of point in that window.
4567 If both windows display the same buffer,
4568 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4569 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4570
4571 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4572 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4573 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4574 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4575 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4576 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4577 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4578 ignored.
4579
4580 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4581 this command work in interlaced mode:
4582 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4583 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4584 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4585
4586 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4587
4588 ;;;***
4589 \f
4590 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4591 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4592 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4593 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4594 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18574 9600))
4595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4596
4597 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4598 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4599
4600 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4601
4602 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4603 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4604
4605 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4606
4607 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4608 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4609 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4610 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4611 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4612 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4613 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4614
4615 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4616 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4617 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4618 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4619 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4620
4621 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4622 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4623 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4624 describing how the process finished.")
4625
4626 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4627 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4628 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4629 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4630 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4631
4632 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4633 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4634 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4635
4636 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4637
4638 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4639 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4640 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4641 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4642
4643 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4644
4645 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4646 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4647
4648 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4649 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4650
4651 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4652 (lambda ()
4653 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4654 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4655 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4656 (concat \"make -k \"
4657 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4658
4659 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4660 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4661
4662 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4663 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4664 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4665 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4666
4667 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4668
4669 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4670 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4671 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4672 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4673
4674 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4675 and move to the source code that caused it.
4676
4677 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4678 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4679
4680 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4681 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4682 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4683 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4684
4685 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4686 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4687 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4688 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4689
4690 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4691 kills its subprocesses.
4692
4693 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4694 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4695 to a function that generates a unique name.
4696
4697 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4698
4699 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4700 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4701 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4702 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4703
4704 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4705 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4706
4707 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4708 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4709 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4710 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4711
4712 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4713 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4714 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4715
4716 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4717
4718 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4719
4720 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4721 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4722 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4723 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4724 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4725
4726 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4727
4728 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4729
4730 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4731
4732 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4733 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4734 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4735 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4736 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4737 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4738 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4739
4740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741
4742 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4743 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4744 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4745 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4746 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4747 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4748
4749 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750
4751 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4752 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4753 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4754
4755 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4756
4757 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4758
4759 ;;;***
4760 \f
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4762 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4763 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4764
4765 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4766 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4767 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4768 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4769 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4770 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4771
4772 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4773
4774 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4775 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4776 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4777
4778 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4779 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4780 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4781 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4782
4783 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4784 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4785 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4786 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4787
4788 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4789 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4790 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4791 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4792
4793 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4794 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4795 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4796 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4797 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4798
4799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4800
4801 ;;;***
4802 \f
4803 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (18310 14567))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4806
4807 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4808 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4809 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4810 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4811 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4812 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4813
4814 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4815
4816 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4817 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4818
4819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4820
4821 ;;;***
4822 \f
4823 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4824 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4825 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4826 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (18310 14567))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4828
4829 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4830 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4831 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4832 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4833 `make-composition'.
4834
4835 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4836
4837 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4838 | | 1:tc or top-center
4839 | | 2:tr or top-right
4840 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4841 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4842 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4843 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4844 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4845 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4846
4847 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4848 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4849 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4850 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4851 be added.
4852
4853 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4854 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4855 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4856
4857 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4858 | | |
4859 | global| |
4860 | glyph | |
4861 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4862 +----+--*--+
4863 | | new |
4864 | |glyph|
4865 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4866 ")
4867
4868 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4869 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4870 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4871 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4872
4873 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4874
4875 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4876 Compose characters in the current region.
4877
4878 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4879 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4880
4881 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4882
4883 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4884 specifying the region.
4885
4886 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4887 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4888 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4889
4890 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4891 of the text in the region.
4892
4893 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4894
4895 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4896 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4897 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4898 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4899
4900 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4901 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4902 detail.
4903
4904 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4905 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4906 text in the composition.
4907
4908 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4909
4910 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4911 Decompose text in the current region.
4912
4913 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4914 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4915
4916 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4917
4918 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4919 Compose characters in string STRING.
4920
4921 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4922 the characters in it.
4923
4924 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4925 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4926 STRING respectively.
4927
4928 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4929 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4930 `compose-region' for more detail.
4931
4932 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4933 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4934 text in the composition.
4935
4936 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4937
4938 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4939 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4940
4941 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4942
4943 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4944 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4945 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4946 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4947 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4948 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4949 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4950 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4951
4952 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4953
4954 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4955 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4956
4957 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4958 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4959
4960 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4961 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4962
4963 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4964 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4965
4966 If no composition is found, return nil.
4967
4968 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4969 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4970
4971 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4972 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4973 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4974
4975 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4976
4977 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4978
4979 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4980 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4981 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4982
4983 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4984
4985 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4986
4987 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4988
4989 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4990 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4991
4992 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4993 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4994 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4995 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
4996 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4997 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4998 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
4999 nil.
5000
5001 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5002 is:
5003 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5004 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5005
5006 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5007
5008 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5009 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5010
5011 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5012
5013 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5014
5015 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5016 Compose last characters.
5017 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5018 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5019 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5020 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5021 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5022 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5023 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5024 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5025 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5026 after a sequence of character events.
5027
5028 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5029 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5030
5031 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5032 Convert CHAR to string.
5033
5034 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5035 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5036 vector of CHAR respectively.
5037 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5038
5039 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5040
5041 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5042
5043 ;;;***
5044 \f
5045 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5046 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5047 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5048 ;;;;;; (18310 14604))
5049 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5050
5051 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5052 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5053 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5054 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5055 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5056 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5057 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5058
5059 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5060 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5061 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5062
5063 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5064 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5065 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5066
5067 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5068 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5069 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5070 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5071
5072 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5073 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5074 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5075 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5076 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5077 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5078 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5079
5080 \\{conf-mode-map}
5081
5082 \(fn)" t nil)
5083
5084 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5085 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5086 Comments start with `#'.
5087 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5088
5089 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5090
5091 \[Desktop Entry]
5092 Encoding=UTF-8
5093 Name=The GIMP
5094 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5095 Name[cs]=GIMP
5096
5097 \(fn)" t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5101 Comments start with `;'.
5102 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103
5104 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5105
5106 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5107 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5108 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5109
5110 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5111 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5112
5113 \(fn)" t nil)
5114
5115 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5116 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5117 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5118 between `/*' and `*/'.
5119 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5120
5121 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5122 // another kind of comment
5123 /* yet another */
5124
5125 name:value
5126 name=value
5127 name value
5128 x.1 =
5129 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5130 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5131
5132 \(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5136 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5137 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5138 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5139 `conf-space-keywords'.
5140 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5141 in an interactive fashion instead.
5142
5143 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5144
5145 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5146
5147 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5148 image/png png
5149 image/tiff tiff tif
5150
5151 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5152 class desktop
5153 # Standard multimedia devices
5154 add /dev/audio desktop
5155 add /dev/mixer desktop
5156
5157 \(fn)" t nil)
5158
5159 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5160 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5161 See `conf-space-mode'.
5162
5163 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5164
5165 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5166 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5167 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5168 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5169
5170 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5171
5172 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5173 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5174
5175 \(fn)" t nil)
5176
5177 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5178 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5179 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5180 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5181
5182 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5183
5184 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5185 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5186
5187 \(fn)" t nil)
5188
5189 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5190 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5191 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5192 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5193
5194 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5195
5196 *background: gray99
5197 *foreground: black
5198
5199 \(fn)" t nil)
5200
5201 ;;;***
5202 \f
5203 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5204 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (18310 14596))
5205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5206
5207 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5208 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5209 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5210 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5211
5212 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5213
5214 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5215 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5216 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5217 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5218
5219 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5220
5221 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5222 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5223 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5224 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5225
5226 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5227
5228 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5229 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5230
5231 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5232
5233 ;;;***
5234 \f
5235 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5236 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (18310 14580))
5237 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5238
5239 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5240 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5241 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5242 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5243 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5244 following the copyright are updated as well.
5245 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5246 interactively.
5247
5248 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5249
5250 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5251 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5252 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5253
5254 \(fn)" t nil)
5255
5256 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5257 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5258
5259 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5260
5261 ;;;***
5262 \f
5263 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5264 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (18368 9297))
5265 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5267 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5268 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5269 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5270 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5271 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5272 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5273
5274 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5275 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5276 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5277 Tab indents for Perl code.
5278 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5279 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5280
5281 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5282 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5283 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5284 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5285 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5286 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5287 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5288 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5289 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5290 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5291 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5292 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5293
5294 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5295
5296 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5297 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5298
5299 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5300
5301 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5302 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5303 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5304 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5305 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5306 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5307 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5308 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5309 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5310
5311 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5312
5313 bite if angry;
5314
5315 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5316 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5317 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5318 to nil.)
5319
5320 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5321 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5322 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5323
5324 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5325
5326 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5327 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5328 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5329 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5330 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5331
5332 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5333
5334 if (A) { B }
5335
5336 into
5337
5338 B if A;
5339
5340 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5341
5342 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5343 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5344 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5345 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5346 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5347 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5348 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5349 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5350 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5351 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5352 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5353 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5354 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5355
5356 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5357 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5358 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5359 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5360 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5361 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5362
5363 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5364 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5365 man via menu.
5366
5367 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5368 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5369 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5370 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5371 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5372
5373 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5374 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5375 span the needed amount of lines.
5376
5377 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5378 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5379 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5380 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5381
5382 Variables controlling indentation style:
5383 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5384 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5385 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5386 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5387 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5388 `cperl-auto-newline'
5389 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5390 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5391 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5392 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5393 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5394 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5395 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5396 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5397 `cperl-indent-level'
5398 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5399 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5400 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5401 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5402 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5403 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5404 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5405 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5406 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5407 `cperl-brace-offset'
5408 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5409 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5410 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5411 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5412 `cperl-label-offset'
5413 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5414 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5415 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5416
5417 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5418 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5419 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5420 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5421 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5422 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5423
5424 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5425 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5426 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5427 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5428
5429 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5430 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5431 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5432 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5433 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5434 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5435
5436 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5437 column 0 is indented on
5438 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5439
5440 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5441 with no args.
5442
5443 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5444 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5445 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5446
5447 \(fn)" t nil)
5448
5449 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5450 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5451
5452 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5453
5454 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5455 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5456
5457 \(fn)" t nil)
5458
5459 ;;;***
5460 \f
5461 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5462 ;;;;;; (18310 14598))
5463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5464
5465 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5466 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5467 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5468 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5469 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5470
5471 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5472
5473 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5474 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5475
5476 \(fn)" t nil)
5477
5478 ;;;***
5479 \f
5480 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5481 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5483
5484 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5485 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5486 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5487 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5488
5489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5490 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5491
5492 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5493
5494 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5495 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5496 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5497
5498 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5499
5500 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5501
5502 ;;;***
5503 \f
5504 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5505 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
5506 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5507
5508 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5509 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5510 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5511 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5512
5513 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5514 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5515 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5516 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5517
5518 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5519 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5520 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5521
5522 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5523 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5524 'bob', and 'eve'.
5525
5526 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5527 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5528 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5529
5530 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5531
5532 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5533 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5534 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5535
5536 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5537
5538 ;;;***
5539 \f
5540 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (18383
5541 ;;;;;; 1614))
5542 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5543 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.css\\'" . css-mode))
5544
5545 (autoload (quote css-mode) "css-mode" "\
5546 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5547
5548 \(fn)" t nil)
5549
5550 ;;;***
5551 \f
5552 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5553 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
5554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5555
5556 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5557 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5558 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5561 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5562
5563 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5564
5565 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5566 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5567 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5568 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5569 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5570
5571 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5572 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5573 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5574 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5575 function of these prefix keys.
5576
5577 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5578 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5579 options:
5580 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5581 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5582 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5583
5584 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5585 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5586 the prefix fallback behavior.
5587
5588 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5589 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5590 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5591 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5592
5593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5594
5595 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5596 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5597
5598 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5599
5600 ;;;***
5601 \f
5602 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5603 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5604 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5605 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5606 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5607 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5608 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5609 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5610 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5611 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5612 ;;;;;; (18580 52460))
5613 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5614
5615 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5616 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5617
5618 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5619
5620 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5621 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5622
5623 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5624
5625 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5626 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5627
5628 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5629 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5630
5631 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5632 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5633
5634 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5635 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5636
5637 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5638 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5639
5640 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5641
5642 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5643
5644 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5645 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5646 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5647
5648 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5649 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5650
5651 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5652 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5653
5654 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5655 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5656
5657 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5658
5659 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5660
5661 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5662 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5663 Return VALUE.
5664
5665 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5666 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5667
5668 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5669 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5670
5671 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5672 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5673
5674 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5675
5676 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5677
5678 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5679 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5680 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5681 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5682 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5683
5684 \(fn)" t nil)
5685
5686 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5687 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5688 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5689 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5690
5691 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5692
5693 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5694 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5695
5696 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5700
5701 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5702
5703 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5704
5705 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5706 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5707
5708 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5709
5710 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5711
5712 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5713 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5714 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5715
5716 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5717
5718 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5719 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5720 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5721 as part of Emacs itself.
5722
5723 Each elements looks like this:
5724
5725 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5726
5727 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5728 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5729 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5730 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5731 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5732 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5733 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5734 and `defface'.
5735
5736 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5737
5738 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5739 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5740 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5741 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5742 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5743
5744 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5745 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5746 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5747 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5748
5749 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5750
5751 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5752 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5753 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5754 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5755 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5756
5757 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5758 that were added or redefined since that version.
5759
5760 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5761
5762 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5763 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5764 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5765 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5766
5767 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5768 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5769
5770 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5771
5772 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5773 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5774 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5775
5776 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5777 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5778
5779 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5780
5781 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5782 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5783
5784 \(fn)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5788
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5790
5791 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all already saved user options.
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5798 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5799 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5800 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5801 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5802 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5803 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5804
5805 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5806
5807 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5808 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5809 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5810 \(but it is better to use `apropos-variable' if you want to find those).
5811
5812 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5813
5814 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5815 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5816
5817 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5821
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5826 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5827 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5828 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5829 that option.
5830
5831 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832
5833 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5834 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5835 The result includes selecting that window.
5836 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5837 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5838 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5839 that option.
5840
5841 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5842
5843 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5844 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5845
5846 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5847
5848 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5849 File used for storing customization information.
5850 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5851 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5852 it should be an absolute file name.
5853
5854 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5855 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5856 something like the following in your init file:
5857
5858 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5859 \(load custom-file)
5860
5861 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5862 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5863
5864 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5865 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5866 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5867 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5868 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5869
5870 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5871 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5872 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5873 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5874 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5875 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5876 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5877 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5878 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5879 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5880
5881 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5882
5883 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5884 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5885
5886 \(fn)" nil nil)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5890
5891 \(fn)" t nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5895 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5896
5897 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5898
5899 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5900 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5901 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5902 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5903 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5904
5905 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5906
5907 ;;;***
5908 \f
5909 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5910 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (18310 14567))
5911 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5912
5913 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5914 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5915
5916 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5917
5918 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5919 Alist of face attributes.
5920
5921 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5922 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5923 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5924 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5925 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5926 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5927
5928 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5929 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5930 customization type TYPE).
5931
5932 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5933 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5934 given face attribute.")
5935
5936 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5937 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5938 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5939 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5940
5941 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5942
5943 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5944 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5945 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5946 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5947 between themes and faces.
5948 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5949
5950 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5951 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5952
5953 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954
5955 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5956 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5957 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5958
5959 (FACE IGNORED)
5960
5961 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5962
5963 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5964
5965 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5966 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5967 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5968
5969 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5970
5971 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5972
5973 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5974
5975 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5976
5977 ;;;***
5978 \f
5979 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5980 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5981 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5982
5983 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5984 Create a custom theme.
5985
5986 \(fn)" t nil)
5987
5988 ;;;***
5989 \f
5990 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5991 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
5992 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5993
5994 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5995 Mode used for cvs status output.
5996
5997 \(fn)" t nil)
5998
5999 ;;;***
6000 \f
6001 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6002 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (18310 14598))
6003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6004
6005 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6006 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6007
6008 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6009 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6010 C++ modes are included.
6011
6012 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6013
6014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6015
6016 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6017 Turn on CWarn mode.
6018
6019 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6020 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6021
6022 \(fn)" nil nil)
6023
6024 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6025 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6026 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6027 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6028 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6029 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6030
6031 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6032
6033 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6034 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6035 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6036 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6037 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6038
6039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6040
6041 ;;;***
6042 \f
6043 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6044 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6045 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
6046 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6047
6048 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6049 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6050
6051 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6052
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6060 For readability, the table is slightly
6061 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6062
6063 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6064 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6065 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6066 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6067 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6068
6069 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6070
6071 ;;;***
6072 \f
6073 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6074 ;;;;;; (18611 12227))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6076 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6077 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6078
6079 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6080 Completion on current word.
6081 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6082 and presents suggestions for completion.
6083
6084 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6085 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6086 completions.
6087
6088 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6089 then it searches *all* buffers.
6090
6091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6092
6093 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6094 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6095
6096 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6097 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6098 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6099 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6100 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6101
6102 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6103 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6104
6105 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6106 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6107 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6108
6109 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6110 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6111
6112 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6113
6114 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6115
6116 ;;;***
6117 \f
6118 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (18310
6119 ;;;;;; 14598))
6120 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6121
6122 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6123 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6124
6125 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6126 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6127 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6128
6129 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6130 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6131 Data lines are not indented.
6132
6133 Key bindings:
6134
6135 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6136 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6137
6138 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6139 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6140 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6141 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6142
6143 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6144
6145 dcl-basic-offset
6146 Extra indentation within blocks.
6147
6148 dcl-continuation-offset
6149 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6150
6151 dcl-margin-offset
6152 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6153
6154 dcl-margin-label-offset
6155 Indentation for a label.
6156
6157 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6158 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6159
6160 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6161 dcl-block-end-regexp
6162 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6163 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6164 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6165 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6166 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6167
6168 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6169 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6170 Two such functions are included in the package:
6171 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6172 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6173
6174 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6175 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6176 One such function is included in the package:
6177 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6178
6179 dcl-tab-always-indent
6180 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6181 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6182 margin.
6183
6184 dcl-electric-characters
6185 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6186 typed.
6187
6188 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6189 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6190 which words trigger electric indentation.
6191
6192 dcl-tempo-comma
6193 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6194 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6195 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6196
6197 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6198 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6199 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6200 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6201
6202 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6203 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6204 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6205 dcl-imenu-label-call
6206 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6207
6208 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6209 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6210 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6211 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6212
6213
6214 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6215
6216 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6217 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6218 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6219 $ i = 1
6220 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6221 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6222 $ label:
6223 $ if i.eq.1
6224 $ then
6225 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6226 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6227 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6228 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6229 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6230 \"lined up with the command line\"
6231 $ type sys$input
6232 Data lines are not indented at all.
6233 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6234 $ endif
6235 $
6236
6237
6238 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6239 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6240
6241 \(fn)" t nil)
6242
6243 ;;;***
6244 \f
6245 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6246 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (18310 14581))
6247 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6248
6249 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6250
6251 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6252 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6253 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6254 of the evaluator.
6255
6256 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6257 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6258 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6259
6260 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6261
6262 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6263 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6264
6265 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6266
6267 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6268 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6269 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6270 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6271 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6272 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6273
6274 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6275 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6276
6277 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6278
6279 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6280 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6281 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6282 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6283 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6284
6285 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6286
6287 ;;;***
6288 \f
6289 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6290 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6292
6293 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6294 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6295
6296 \(fn)" t nil)
6297
6298 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6299 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6300 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6301 Upper-case letters are commands.
6302
6303 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6304 modify it.
6305
6306 The most useful commands are:
6307 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6308 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6309 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6310 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6311 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6312 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6313
6314 \(fn)" t nil)
6315
6316 ;;;***
6317 \f
6318 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6319 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (18310
6320 ;;;;;; 14568))
6321 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6322
6323 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6324 Customization of `columns' group.
6325
6326 \(fn)" t nil)
6327
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6329 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6330
6331 START and END delimits the text region.
6332
6333 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6334
6335 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6336 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6337
6338 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6339
6340 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6341
6342 ;;;***
6343 \f
6344 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (18310
6345 ;;;;;; 14598))
6346 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6347
6348 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6349 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6350 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6351 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6352 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6353 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6354
6355 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6356
6357 Customization:
6358
6359 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6360 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6361 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6362 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6363 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6364 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6365 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6366 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6367 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6368 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6369 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6370 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6371 blank line.
6372 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6373 Directories to search when finding external units.
6374 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6375 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6376
6377 Coloring:
6378
6379 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6380 Face used to color delphi comments.
6381 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6382 Face used to color delphi strings.
6383 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6384 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6385 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6386 Face used to color everything else.
6387
6388 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6389 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6390
6391 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6392
6393 ;;;***
6394 \f
6395 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (18310
6396 ;;;;;; 14568))
6397 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6398
6399 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6400
6401 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6402 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6403 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6404 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6405 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6406 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6407
6408 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6409
6410 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6411 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6412 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if ARG is
6413 positive, off if ARG is not positive.
6414
6415 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6416 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6417 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6418 any selection.
6419
6420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6421
6422 ;;;***
6423 \f
6424 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6425 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (18310 14581))
6426 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6427
6428 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6429 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6430
6431 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6432
6433 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6434 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6435 or nil if there is no parent.
6436 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6437 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6438 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6439 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6440 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6441
6442 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6443 arguments are currently understood:
6444 :group GROUP
6445 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6446 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6447 :syntax-table TABLE
6448 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6449 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6450 :abbrev-table TABLE
6451 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6452 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6453
6454 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6455
6456 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6457
6458 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6459 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6460 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6461
6462 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6463 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6464
6465 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6466 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6467 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6468
6469 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6470 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6471
6472 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6473 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6474
6475 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6476
6477 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6478
6479 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6480 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6481 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6482 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6483 the first time the mode is used.
6484
6485 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6486
6487 ;;;***
6488 \f
6489 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6490 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (18310 14568))
6491 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6492
6493 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6494 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6495 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6496 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6497 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6498 otherwise.
6499
6500 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6501
6502 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6503 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6504 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6505 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6506 character composition information (if relevant),
6507 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6508
6509 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6510
6511 ;;;***
6512 \f
6513 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6514 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6515 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6516 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (18597 43990))
6517 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6518
6519 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6520 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6521 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6522
6523 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6524
6525 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6526 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6527 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6528 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6529 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6530 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6531
6532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6533
6534 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6535 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6536 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6537 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6538
6539 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6540
6541 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6542 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6543 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6544
6545 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6546 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6547 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6548
6549 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6550 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6551
6552 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6553 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6554 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6555
6556 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6557 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6558 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6559 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6560
6561 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6562
6563 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6564 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6565
6566 Handlers are called with argument list
6567
6568 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6569
6570 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6571
6572 desktop-file-version
6573 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6574 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6575 desktop-buffer-point
6576 desktop-buffer-mark
6577 desktop-buffer-read-only
6578 desktop-buffer-locals
6579
6580 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6581 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6582
6583 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6584 code like
6585
6586 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6587 ...
6588 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6589 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6590
6591 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6592
6593 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6594
6595 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6596 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6597 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6598 List elements must have the form
6599
6600 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6601
6602 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6603 function.
6604
6605 Handlers are called with argument list
6606
6607 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6608
6609 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6610
6611 desktop-file-version
6612 desktop-buffer-file-name
6613 desktop-buffer-name
6614 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6615 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6616 desktop-buffer-point
6617 desktop-buffer-mark
6618 desktop-buffer-read-only
6619 desktop-buffer-misc
6620
6621 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6622 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6623 created and set.
6624
6625 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6626 code like
6627
6628 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6629 ...
6630 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6631 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6632
6633 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6634
6635 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6636
6637 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6638
6639 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6640 Empty the Desktop.
6641 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6642 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6643 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6644
6645 \(fn)" t nil)
6646
6647 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6648 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6649 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6650 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6651 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6652
6653 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6654
6655 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6656 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6657 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6658
6659 \(fn)" t nil)
6660
6661 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6662 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6663 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6664 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6665 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6666 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6667 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6668 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6669
6670 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6671
6672 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6673 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6674 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6675
6676 \(fn)" nil nil)
6677
6678 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6679 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6680 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6681 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6682 directory DIRNAME.
6683
6684 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6685
6686 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6687 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6688
6689 \(fn)" t nil)
6690
6691 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6692 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6693
6694 \(fn)" t nil)
6695
6696 ;;;***
6697 \f
6698 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6699 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6700 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (18368 9295))
6701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6702
6703 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6704 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6705 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6706 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6707 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6708 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6709
6710 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6711
6712 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6713 Repair a broken attribution line.
6714 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6715
6716 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6717
6718 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6719 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6720 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6721 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6722
6723 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6724
6725 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6726 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6727
6728 \(fn)" t nil)
6729
6730 ;;;***
6731 \f
6732 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6733 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (18310 14591))
6734 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6735
6736 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6737
6738 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6739 Not documented
6740
6741 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6742
6743 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6744 Not documented
6745
6746 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6747
6748 ;;;***
6749 \f
6750 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6751 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (18593 55294))
6752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6753
6754 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6755 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6756 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6757 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6758 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6759
6760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6761
6762 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6763 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6764 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6765 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6766
6767 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6768 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6769 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6770 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6771
6772 #!/bin/sh
6773 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6774 emacs -batch \\
6775 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6776 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6777 european-calendar-style t \\
6778 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6779 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6780 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6781
6782 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6783 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6784 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6785 to run it every morning at 1am.
6786
6787 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6788
6789 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6790 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6791
6792 \(fn)" t nil)
6793
6794 ;;;***
6795 \f
6796 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6797 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (18310 14568))
6798 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6799
6800 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6801 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6802
6803 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6804
6805 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6806 *The command to use to run diff.")
6807
6808 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6809
6810 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6811 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6812 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6813 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6814 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6815 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6816
6817 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6818
6819 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6820 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6821 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6822 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6823 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6824 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6825
6826 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6827
6828 ;;;***
6829 \f
6830 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6831 ;;;;;; (18449 15659))
6832 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6833
6834 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6835 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6836 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6837 normal diffs.
6838
6839 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6840 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6841 headers for you on-the-fly.
6842
6843 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6844 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6845 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6846
6847 \\{diff-mode-map}
6848
6849 \(fn)" t nil)
6850
6851 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6852 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6853 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6854
6855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6856
6857 ;;;***
6858 \f
6859 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6860 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6861 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6862 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6863 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18425 14914))
6864 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6865
6866 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6867 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6868 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6869 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6870 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6871 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6872 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6873 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6874
6875 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6876
6877 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6878 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6879
6880 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6881 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6882 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6883 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6884 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6885
6886 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6887 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6888
6889 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6890 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6891 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6892 always set this variable to t.")
6893
6894 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6895
6896 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6897 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6898 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6899 A value of t means move to first file.")
6900
6901 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6902
6903 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6904 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6905 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6906 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6907 are afterward marked with that character.")
6908
6909 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6910
6911 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6912 *Controls marking of copied files.
6913 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6914 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6915
6916 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6917
6918 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6919 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6920 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6921 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6922
6923 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6924
6925 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6926 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6927 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6928 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6929
6930 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6931
6932 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6933 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6934 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6935 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6936
6937 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6938
6939 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6940
6941 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6942 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6943 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6944
6945 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6946
6947 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6948 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6949 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6950 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6951 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6952 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6953
6954 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6955 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6956 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6957 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6958 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6959 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6960 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6961 list of files to make directory entries for.
6962 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6963 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6964 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6965 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6966
6967 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6968
6969 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6970 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6971
6972 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6973 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6974
6975 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6976 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6977
6978 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6979 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6980
6981 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6982
6983 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6984 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6985
6986 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6987
6988 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6989 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6990 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6991 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6992 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6993 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6994 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6995 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6996 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6997 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6998 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6999 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7000 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7001 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7002 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7003 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7004 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7005 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7006 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7007 to see why something went wrong.
7008 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7009 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7010 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7011 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7012 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7013 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7014 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7015 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7016 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7017 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7018 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7019 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7020 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7021
7022 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7023 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7024 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7025 again for the directory tree.
7026
7027 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7028 for more info):
7029
7030 `dired-listing-switches'
7031 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7032 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7033 `dired-marker-char'
7034 `dired-del-marker'
7035 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7036 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7037 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7038 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7039
7040 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7041
7042 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7043 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7044 `dired-mode-hook'
7045 `dired-load-hook'
7046
7047 Keybindings:
7048 \\{dired-mode-map}
7049
7050 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7051 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7052
7053 ;;;***
7054 \f
7055 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7056 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7057 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7058 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7059 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7061 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7062 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7063 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7065 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7067 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7068 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (18568 43717))
7069 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7070
7071 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7072 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7073 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7074 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7075 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7076 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7077 which is options for `diff'.
7078
7079 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7080
7081 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7082 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7083 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7084 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7085 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7086 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7087
7088 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7089
7090 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7091 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7092 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7093 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7094 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7095 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7096 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7097
7098 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7099
7100 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7101 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7102 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7103 returned by function `file-attributes'
7104
7105 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7106 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7107
7108 Examples of PREDICATE:
7109
7110 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7111 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7112 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7113 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7114 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7115
7116 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7117
7118 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7119 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7121
7122 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7123
7124 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7125 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7130 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7131
7132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7133
7134 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7135 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7136 This calls touch.
7137
7138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7139
7140 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7141 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7142 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7143 `lpr-switches' as default.
7144
7145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7146
7147 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7148 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7149 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7150 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7151 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7152
7153 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7154 with a prefix argument.
7155
7156 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7159 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7160 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7161 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7162 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7163
7164 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7165 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7166
7167 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7168 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7169 file name substituted for `?'.
7170
7171 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7172 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7173
7174 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7175 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7176 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7177 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7178
7179 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7180
7181 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7182 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7183 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7184
7185 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7186 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7187 in a subdir.
7188
7189 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7190 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7191 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7192
7193 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7194
7195 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7196 Not documented
7197
7198 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7199
7200 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7201 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7202 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7203 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7204 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7205 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7206 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7207 from the buffer as well.
7208 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7209 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7210 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7211
7212 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7213
7214 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7215 Not documented
7216
7217 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7218
7219 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7220 Not documented
7221
7222 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7223
7224 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7225 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7226
7227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7228
7229 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7230 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7231
7232 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7235 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7236
7237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7240 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7241 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7242 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7243
7244 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7245 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7246 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7247 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7248 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7249 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7250 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7251
7252 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7253
7254 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7255 Not documented
7256
7257 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7258
7259 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7260 Not documented
7261
7262 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7263
7264 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7265 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7266
7267 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7268
7269 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7270 Not documented
7271
7272 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7273
7274 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7275 Not documented
7276
7277 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7278
7279 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7280 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7281
7282 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7285 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7286 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7287 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7288 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7289 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7290 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7291 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7292 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7293
7294 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7295 like `cp -d'.
7296
7297 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7298
7299 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7300 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7301 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7302 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7303 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7304 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7305 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7306 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7307
7308 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7309
7310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311
7312 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7313 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7314 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7315 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7316 and new hard links are made in that directory
7317 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7318 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7319 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7320
7321 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7324 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7325 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7326 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7327 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7328 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7329 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7330
7331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7334 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7335
7336 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7337 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7338 file if none are marked.
7339
7340 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7341 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7342 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7343 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7344
7345 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7346 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7347
7348 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7349
7350 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7351 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7352 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7353
7354 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7355
7356 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7357 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7358 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7359
7360 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7363 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7364 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7365
7366 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7369 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7370
7371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7374 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7375
7376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7377
7378 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7379 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7380 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7381 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7382 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7383 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7384 this subdirectory.
7385 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7386
7387 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7388 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7389 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7390 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7391 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7392 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7393 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7394
7395 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7398 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7399 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7400 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7401 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7402 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7403 this subdirectory.
7404 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7405
7406 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7407
7408 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7409 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7410 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7411
7412 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7413
7414 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7415 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7416 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7417 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7418
7419 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7420
7421 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7422 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7423 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7424 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7425
7426 \(fn)" t nil)
7427
7428 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7429 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7430 Lower levels are unaffected.
7431
7432 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7433
7434 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7435 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7436
7437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7440 Go down in the dired tree.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7445 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7446 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7447 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7448
7449 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7450
7451 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7452 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7453 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7454 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7455
7456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7457
7458 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7459 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7460 Stops when a match is found.
7461 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7462
7463 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7466 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7467 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7468 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7469 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7470
7471 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7474 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7475 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7476 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7477
7478 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7479
7480 ;;;***
7481 \f
7482 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7483 ;;;;;; (18611 12215))
7484 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7485
7486 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7487 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7488 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7489 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7490 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7491 buffer and try again.
7492
7493 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7494
7495 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7496 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7497 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7498 This creates relative symbolic links like
7499
7500 foo -> ../bar/foo
7501
7502 not absolute ones like
7503
7504 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7505
7506 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7507
7508 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7509
7510 ;;;***
7511 \f
7512 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (18310 14568))
7513 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7514
7515 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7516 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7517 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7518
7519 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7520
7521 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7522 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7523
7524 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7525 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7526
7527 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7528
7529 ;;;***
7530 \f
7531 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (18310
7532 ;;;;;; 14581))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7534
7535 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7536 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7537 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7538 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7539 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7540 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7541
7542 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7543
7544 ;;;***
7545 \f
7546 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7547 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7548 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7549 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7550 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7551 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (18310 14568))
7552 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7553
7554 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7555 Return a new, empty display table.
7556
7557 \(fn)" nil nil)
7558
7559 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7560 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7561 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7562 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7563 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7564
7565 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7566
7567 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7568 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7569 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7570 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7571 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7572
7573 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7574
7575 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7576 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7577
7578 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7579
7580 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7581 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7582
7583 \(fn)" t nil)
7584
7585 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7586 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7587
7588 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7589
7590 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7591 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7592
7593 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7594
7595 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7596 Display character C using printable string S.
7597
7598 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7599
7600 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7601 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7602 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7603 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7604
7605 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7606
7607 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7608 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7609 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7610 X frame.
7611
7612 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7613
7614 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7615 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7616
7617 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7618
7619 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7620 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7621
7622 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7623
7624 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7625 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7626
7627 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7628
7629 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7630 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7631
7632 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7633
7634 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7635 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7636
7637 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7638
7639 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7640 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7641
7642 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7643 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7644 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7645 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7646
7647 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7648 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7649 European character display.
7650
7651 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7652 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7653 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7654 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7655
7656 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7657 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7658 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7659 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7660 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7661
7662 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7663
7664 ;;;***
7665 \f
7666 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7667 ;;;;;; (18310 14596))
7668 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7669
7670 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7671 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7672 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7673 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7674 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7675 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7676 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7677 Default is 2.
7678
7679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7680
7681 ;;;***
7682 \f
7683 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (18310 14568))
7684 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7685
7686 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7687 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7688 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7689 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7690 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7691 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7692 private or ask).
7693 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7694 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7695 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7696 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7697 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7698
7699 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7700
7701 ;;;***
7702 \f
7703 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7704 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (18310 14604))
7705 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7706
7707 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7708 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7709 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7710 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7711 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7712 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7713 table and its own syntax table.
7714
7715 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7716
7717 \(fn)" t nil)
7718 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7719
7720 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7721 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7722
7723 \(fn)" t nil)
7724 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7725
7726 ;;;***
7727 \f
7728 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (18310 14597))
7729 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7730
7731 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7732 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7733
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7735
7736 ;;;***
7737 \f
7738 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7739 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
7740 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7741
7742 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7743 Toggle Double mode.
7744 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7745 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7746
7747 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7748
7749 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7750 Toggle Double mode.
7751 With prefix argument ARG, turn Double mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
7752 turn it off.
7753
7754 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7755 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7756
7757 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7758
7759 ;;;***
7760 \f
7761 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (18310 14597))
7762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7763
7764 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7765 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7766
7767 \(fn)" t nil)
7768
7769 ;;;***
7770 \f
7771 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7772 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
7773 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7774
7775 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7776 Play sounds in message buffers.
7777
7778 \(fn)" t nil)
7779
7780 ;;;***
7781 \f
7782 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7783 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (18310 14581))
7785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7786
7787 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7788
7789 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7790 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7791 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7792 and toggle command MODE.
7793
7794 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7795 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7796 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7797 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7798 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7799 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7800 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7801 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7802 used (see below).
7803
7804 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7805 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7806 and before running the hook variable `MODE-hook'.
7807 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7808 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7809 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7810 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7811 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7812 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7813 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7814 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7815 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7816 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7817 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7818 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7819 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7820 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7821
7822 For example, you could write
7823 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7824 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7825 ...BODY CODE...)
7826
7827 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7828
7829 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7830
7831 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7832
7833 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7834 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7835 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7836 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7837 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7838 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7839 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7840 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7841 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7842 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7843 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7844 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7845
7846 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7847 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7848 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7849 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7850 call another major mode in their body.
7851
7852 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7853
7854 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7855 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7856 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7857 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7858 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7859 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7860 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7861
7862 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7863
7864 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7865 Not documented
7866
7867 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7868
7869 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7870 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7871 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7872
7873 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7874
7875 ;;;***
7876 \f
7877 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7878 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (18310
7879 ;;;;;; 14581))
7880 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7881
7882 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7883
7884 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7885 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7886
7887 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7888 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7889 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7890
7891 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7892 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7893
7894 :filter FUNCTION
7895
7896 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7897 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7898
7899 :visible INCLUDE
7900
7901 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7902 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7903
7904 :active ENABLE
7905
7906 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7907 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908
7909 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7910
7911 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7912
7913 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7914
7915 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7916 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7917
7918 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7919 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7920
7921 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7922
7923 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7924
7925 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7926
7927 :keys KEYS
7928
7929 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7930 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7931 computed automatically.
7932 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7933
7934 :key-sequence KEYS
7935
7936 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7937 menu item.
7938 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7939 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7940 keyboard equivalent.
7941
7942 :active ENABLE
7943
7944 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7945 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7946
7947 :visible INCLUDE
7948
7949 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7950 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7951
7952 :suffix FORM
7953
7954 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7955 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7956
7957 :style STYLE
7958
7959 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7960 defined:
7961
7962 toggle: A checkbox.
7963 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7964 radio: A radio button.
7965 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7966 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7967 menu bar itself.
7968 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7969
7970 :selected SELECTED
7971
7972 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7973 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7974
7975 :help HELP
7976
7977 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7978
7979 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7980 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7981 as a solid horizontal line.
7982
7983 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7984
7985 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7986
7987 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7988 Not documented
7989
7990 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7991
7992 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7993 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7994 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7995 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7996
7997 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7998
7999 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8000 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8001 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8002 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8003 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8004 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8005
8006 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8007 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8008 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8009
8010 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8011 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8012 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8013
8014 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8015 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8016
8017 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8018
8019 ;;;***
8020 \f
8021 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8022 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8023 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8024 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8028 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (18310 14598))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8030
8031 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8032 Customization for ebnf group.
8033
8034 \(fn)" t nil)
8035
8036 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8037 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8038
8039 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8040
8041 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8042 processed.
8043
8044 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8045
8046 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8047
8048 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8049 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8050
8051 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8052 killed after process termination.
8053
8054 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8055
8056 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8057
8058 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8059 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8060
8061 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8062 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8063 it to the printer.
8064
8065 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8066 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8067 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8068 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8069
8070 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8071
8072 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8073 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8074 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8075
8076 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8077
8078 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8079 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8080
8081 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8082
8083 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8084 processed.
8085
8086 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8087
8088 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8089
8090 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8091 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8092
8093 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8094 killed after process termination.
8095
8096 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8097
8098 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8099
8100 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8101 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8102 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8103 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8104
8105 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8106
8107 \(fn)" t nil)
8108
8109 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8110 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8111 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8112
8113 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8114
8115 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8116
8117 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8118 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8119
8120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8121
8122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8123 processed.
8124
8125 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8126
8127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8128
8129 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8130 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8131
8132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8133 killed after EPS generation.
8134
8135 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8136
8137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8138
8139 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8140 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8141
8142 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8143 The EPS file name has the following form:
8144
8145 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8146
8147 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8148 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8149
8150 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8151 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8152 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8153 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8154 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8155
8156 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8157 files.
8158
8159 \(fn)" t nil)
8160
8161 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8162 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8163
8164 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8165 The EPS file name has the following form:
8166
8167 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8168
8169 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8170 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8171
8172 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8173 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8174 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8175 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8176 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8177
8178 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8179 files.
8180
8181 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8182
8183 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8184
8185 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8186 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8187
8188 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8189
8190 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8191 are processed.
8192
8193 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8194
8195 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8196
8197 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8198 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8199
8200 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8201 killed after syntax checking.
8202
8203 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8204
8205 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8206
8207 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8208 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8209
8210 \(fn)" t nil)
8211
8212 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8213 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8214
8215 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8216
8217 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8218 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8219
8220 \(fn)" nil nil)
8221
8222 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8223 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8224
8225 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8226
8227 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8228
8229 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8230 Delete style NAME.
8231
8232 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8233
8234 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8235
8236 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8237 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8238
8239 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8240
8241 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8242
8243 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8244 Set STYLE as the current style.
8245
8246 Returns the old style symbol.
8247
8248 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8249
8250 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8251
8252 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8253 Reset current style.
8254
8255 Returns the old style symbol.
8256
8257 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8258
8259 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8260
8261 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8262 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8263
8264 Returns the old style symbol.
8265
8266 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8267
8268 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8269
8270 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8271
8272 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8273 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8274
8275 Returns the old style symbol.
8276
8277 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8278
8279 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8280
8281 \(fn)" t nil)
8282
8283 ;;;***
8284 \f
8285 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8286 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8287 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8288 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (18316
8296 ;;;;;; 51173))
8297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8298
8299 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8300 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8301 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8302 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8303 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8304 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8305
8306 Tree mode key bindings:
8307 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8308
8309 \(fn)" t nil)
8310
8311 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8312 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8313
8314 \(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8317 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8318
8319 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8320
8321 \(fn)" nil nil)
8322
8323 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8324 View declaration of member at point.
8325
8326 \(fn)" t nil)
8327
8328 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8329 Find declaration of member at point.
8330
8331 \(fn)" t nil)
8332
8333 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8334 View definition of member at point.
8335
8336 \(fn)" t nil)
8337
8338 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8339 Find definition of member at point.
8340
8341 \(fn)" t nil)
8342
8343 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8344 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8345
8346 \(fn)" t nil)
8347
8348 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8349 View definition of member at point in other window.
8350
8351 \(fn)" t nil)
8352
8353 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8354 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8355
8356 \(fn)" t nil)
8357
8358 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8359 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8360
8361 \(fn)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8364 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8365
8366 \(fn)" t nil)
8367
8368 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8369 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8370
8371 \(fn)" t nil)
8372
8373 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8374 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8375 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8376 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8377 completion.
8378
8379 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8380
8381 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8382 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8383 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8384 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8385
8386 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8389 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8390 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8391 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8392
8393 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8394
8395 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8396 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8397 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8398
8399 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8400
8401 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8402 Search for call sites of a member.
8403 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8404 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8405 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8406 looks like a function call to the member.
8407
8408 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8411 Move backward in the position stack.
8412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8413
8414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8415
8416 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8417 Move forward in the position stack.
8418 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8419
8420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8421
8422 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8423 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8424
8425 \(fn)" t nil)
8426
8427 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8428 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8429
8430 \(fn)" t nil)
8431
8432 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8433 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8434 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8435 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8436
8437 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8438
8439 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8440 Display statistics for a class tree.
8441
8442 \(fn)" t nil)
8443
8444 ;;;***
8445 \f
8446 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8447 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8448 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8449
8450 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8451 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8452 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8453 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8454
8455 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8456 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8457 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8458
8459 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8460 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8461 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8462
8463 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8464
8465 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8466
8467 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8468
8469 ;;;***
8470 \f
8471 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8472 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (18310 14568))
8473 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8474
8475 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8476 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8477 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8478
8479 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8480
8481 ;;;***
8482 \f
8483 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8484 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8485 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (18615 8002))
8486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8487
8488 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8489 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8490 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8491 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8492 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8493
8494 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8495 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8496 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8497 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8498
8499 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8500
8501 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8502 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8503 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8504 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8505
8506 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8507
8508 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8509 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8510 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8511 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8512
8513 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8514
8515 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8516
8517 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8518 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8519 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8520 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8521 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8522
8523 If you do this on a function definition
8524 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8525 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8526 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8527 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8528
8529 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8530 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8531 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8532 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8533 already is one.)
8534
8535 \(fn)" t nil)
8536
8537 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8538 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8539
8540 \(fn)" t nil)
8541
8542 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8543 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8544
8545 \(fn)" t nil)
8546
8547 ;;;***
8548 \f
8549 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8550 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8551 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8552 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (18310 14569))
8559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8560
8561 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8562 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8563
8564 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8565
8566 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8567 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8568
8569 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8570
8571 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8572
8573 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8574
8575 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8576 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8577 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8578 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8579
8580 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8583 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8584
8585 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8586
8587 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8588
8589 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8590 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8591
8592 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8593
8594 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8595
8596 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8597 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8598 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8599 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8600
8601 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8602
8603 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8604
8605 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8606 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8607 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8608 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8609
8610 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8611
8612 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8613
8614 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8615 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8616 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8617 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8618
8619 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8620
8621 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8622
8623 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8624 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8625 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8626 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8627
8628 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8629
8630 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8631
8632 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8633 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8634 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8635 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8636 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8637 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8638
8639 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8640
8641 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8642 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8643 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8644 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8645
8646 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8647
8648 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8649
8650 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8651 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8652 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8653 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8654
8655 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8656
8657 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8658
8659 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8660
8661 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8662 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8663 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8664 follows:
8665 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8666 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8667
8668 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8669
8670 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8671 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8672 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8673 follows:
8674 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8675 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8676
8677 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8678
8679 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8680 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8681 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8682 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8683 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8684
8685 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8686
8687 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8688 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8689 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8690 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8691 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8692 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8693
8694 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8695
8696 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8697
8698 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8699 Merge two files without ancestor.
8700
8701 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8702
8703 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8704 Merge two files with ancestor.
8705
8706 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8707
8708 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8709
8710 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8711 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8712
8713 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8714
8715 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8716 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8717
8718 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8719
8720 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8721 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8722 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8723 buffer.
8724
8725 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8726
8727 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8728 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8729 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8730 buffer.
8731
8732 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8733
8734 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8735 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8736 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8737 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8738
8739 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8740
8741 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8742 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8743 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8744 and don't ask the user.
8745 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8746 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8747
8748 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8749
8750 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8751 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8752 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8753 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8754 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8755 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8756 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8757 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8758
8759 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8760
8761 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8762
8763 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8764
8765 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8766 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8767 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8768 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8769 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8770
8771 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8772
8773 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8774
8775 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8776 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8777 When called interactively, displays the version.
8778
8779 \(fn)" t nil)
8780
8781 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8782 Display Ediff's manual.
8783 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8784
8785 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8786
8787 ;;;***
8788 \f
8789 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8790 ;;;;;; (18310 14568))
8791 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8792
8793 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8794 Not documented
8795
8796 \(fn)" t nil)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (18310 14568))
8801 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8802
8803 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8804 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8805
8806 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8807
8808 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8809
8810 ;;;***
8811 \f
8812 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8813 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8814 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8815
8816 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8817 Display Ediff's registry.
8818
8819 \(fn)" t nil)
8820
8821 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8822
8823 ;;;***
8824 \f
8825 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8826 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (18310 14569))
8827 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8828
8829 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8830 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8831 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8832 which see.
8833
8834 \(fn)" t nil)
8835
8836 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8837 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8838 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8839 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8840
8841 \(fn)" t nil)
8842
8843 ;;;***
8844 \f
8845 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8846 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8847 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8848 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8849
8850 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8851 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8852 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8853
8854 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8855 Edit a keyboard macro.
8856 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8857 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8858 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8859 its command name.
8860 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8861
8862 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8863
8864 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8865 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8866
8867 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8868
8869 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8870 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8871
8872 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8873
8874 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8875 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8876 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8877 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8878 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8879 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8880
8881 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8882 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8883 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8884 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8885
8886 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8887
8888 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8889 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8890 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8891 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8892 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8893 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8894
8895 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8896
8897 ;;;***
8898 \f
8899 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8900 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (18601 51444))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8902
8903 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8904 Set scroll margins.
8905 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8906 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8907
8908 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8909
8910 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8911 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8912
8913 \(fn)" t nil)
8914
8915 ;;;***
8916 \f
8917 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8918 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
8919 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8920
8921 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8922 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8923 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8924 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8925 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8926 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8927 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8928
8929 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8930 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8931
8932 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8933 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8934 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8935 this value is non-nil.
8936
8937 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8938 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8939 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8940
8941 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8942 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8943 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8944
8945 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8946
8947 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8948 Not documented
8949
8950 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8951
8952 ;;;***
8953 \f
8954 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8955 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (18310 14581))
8956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8957
8958 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8959 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8960
8961 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8962
8963 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8964 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8965 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8966 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8967 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8968 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8969 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8970
8971 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8972
8973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8974
8975 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8976 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8977
8978 \(fn)" t nil)
8979
8980 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8981 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8982 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8983 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8984 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8985 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8986 arg list.
8987
8988 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8989 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8990
8991 ;;;***
8992 \f
8993 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (18310
8994 ;;;;;; 14569))
8995 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8996
8997 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8998 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8999
9000 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9001 an elided material again.
9002
9003 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9004
9005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9006
9007 ;;;***
9008 \f
9009 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9010 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
9011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9012
9013 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9014 Initialize elint.
9015
9016 \(fn)" t nil)
9017
9018 ;;;***
9019 \f
9020 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9021 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (18310
9022 ;;;;;; 14581))
9023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9024
9025 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9026 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9027 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9028
9029 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9030
9031 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9032 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9033 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9034
9035 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9036
9037 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9038 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9039 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9040
9041 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9042
9043 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9044
9045 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9046 Display current profiling results.
9047 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9048 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9049 displayed.
9050
9051 \(fn)" t nil)
9052
9053 ;;;***
9054 \f
9055 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9056 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9058
9059 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9060 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9061 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9062
9063 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9064
9065 ;;;***
9066 \f
9067 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9068 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9069 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9070 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9071 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9073
9074 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9075 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9076 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9077 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9078 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9079 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9080 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9081 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9082 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9083 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9084 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9085 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9086 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9087 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9088 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9089 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9090
9091 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9092 Run Emerge on two files.
9093
9094 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9095
9096 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9097 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9098
9099 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9100
9101 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9102 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9103
9104 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9105
9106 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9107 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9108
9109 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9110
9111 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9112 Not documented
9113
9114 \(fn)" nil nil)
9115
9116 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9117 Not documented
9118
9119 \(fn)" nil nil)
9120
9121 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9122 Not documented
9123
9124 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9125
9126 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9127 Not documented
9128
9129 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9130
9131 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9132 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9133
9134 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9135
9136 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9137 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9138
9139 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9140
9141 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9142 Not documented
9143
9144 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9145
9146 ;;;***
9147 \f
9148 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9149 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
9150 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9151
9152 (defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9153 Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9154 See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9155 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9156 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9157 or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9158
9159 (custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9160
9161 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9162 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9163 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9164
9165 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9166 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9167 automatically.
9168
9169 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9170 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9171 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9172
9173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9174
9175 ;;;***
9176 \f
9177 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9178 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (18568 43591))
9179 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9180
9181 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9182 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9183 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9184 text/enriched format.
9185 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9186
9187 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9188 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9189
9190 Commands:
9191
9192 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9193
9194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9195
9196 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9197 Not documented
9198
9199 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9200
9201 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9202 Not documented
9203
9204 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9205
9206 ;;;***
9207 \f
9208 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9209 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (18368 9295))
9210 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9211
9212 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9213 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9214
9215 \(fn)" nil nil)
9216
9217 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9218 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9219 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9220
9221 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9222
9223 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9224 (server (erc-compute-server))
9225 (port (erc-compute-port))
9226 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9227 password
9228 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9229
9230 That is, if called with
9231
9232 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9233
9234 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9235 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9236 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9237
9238 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9239
9240 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9241
9242 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9243 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9244 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9245 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9246
9247 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (18310
9252 ;;;;;; 14583))
9253 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9255
9256 ;;;***
9257 \f
9258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (18368 9295))
9259 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9261
9262 ;;;***
9263 \f
9264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (18310 14583))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9266 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9267
9268 ;;;***
9269 \f
9270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (18310 14583))
9271 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9272 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9273
9274 ;;;***
9275 \f
9276 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9277 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (18310 14583))
9278 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9279
9280 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9281 Parser for /dcc command.
9282 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9283 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9284 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9285
9286 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9287
9288 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9289 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9290
9291 \(fn)" nil nil)
9292
9293 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9294 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9295
9296 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9297 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9298 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9299 that subcommand.
9300
9301 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9302
9303 ;;;***
9304 \f
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9306 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9307 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9308 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9309 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9310 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9311
9312 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9314
9315 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9316
9317 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9318 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9319 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9320 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9321
9322 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9323
9324 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9325 Not documented
9326
9327 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9328
9329 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9330 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9331
9332 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9333
9334 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9335 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9336
9337 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9338
9339 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9340 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9341
9342 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9343
9344 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9345 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9346
9347 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9348
9349 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9350 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9351
9352 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9353
9354 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9355 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9356
9357 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9358
9359 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9360 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9361
9362 \(fn)" nil nil)
9363
9364 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9365 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9366
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (18310
9372 ;;;;;; 14583))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9375
9376 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9377 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9378 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9379
9380 \(fn)" nil nil)
9381
9382 ;;;***
9383 \f
9384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (18310
9385 ;;;;;; 14583))
9386 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9387 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9388
9389 ;;;***
9390 \f
9391 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9392 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (18310 14583))
9393 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9394 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9395
9396 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9397 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9398 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9399 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9400 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9401 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9402 system.
9403
9404 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9405
9406 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9407 Not documented
9408
9409 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9410
9411 ;;;***
9412 \f
9413 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9414 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9415 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9416
9417 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9418 Not documented
9419
9420 \(fn)" nil nil)
9421
9422 ;;;***
9423 \f
9424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (18310 14583))
9425 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9426 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9427
9428 ;;;***
9429 \f
9430 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9431 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (18310 14583))
9432 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9433 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9434
9435 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9436 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9437 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9438 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9439 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9440 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9441
9442 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9443
9444 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9445 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9446 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9447 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9448
9449 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9450 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9451 automatically.
9452
9453 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9454 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9455
9456 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9457
9458 ;;;***
9459 \f
9460 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9461 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9462 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9463 ;;;;;; (18368 9295))
9464 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9465 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9466
9467 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9468 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9469
9470 \(fn)" t nil)
9471
9472 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9473 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9474
9475 \(fn)" t nil)
9476
9477 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9478 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9479
9480 \(fn)" t nil)
9481
9482 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9483 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9484
9485 \(fn)" t nil)
9486
9487 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9488 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9489
9490 \(fn)" t nil)
9491
9492 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9493 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9494
9495 \(fn)" t nil)
9496
9497 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9498 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9499
9500 \(fn)" t nil)
9501
9502 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9503 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9504
9505 \(fn)" t nil)
9506
9507 ;;;***
9508 \f
9509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (18310 14583))
9510 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9511 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9512
9513 ;;;***
9514 \f
9515 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9516 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9517 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9518 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9519
9520 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9521 Show who's gone.
9522
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9524
9525 ;;;***
9526 \f
9527 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9528 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (18310 14583))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9530
9531 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9532 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9533 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9534 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9535
9536 \(fn)" nil nil)
9537
9538 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9539 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9540
9541 \(fn)" t nil)
9542
9543 ;;;***
9544 \f
9545 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9546 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (18310 14583))
9547 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9548 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9549
9550 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9551 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9552 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9553 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9554
9555 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9556
9557 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9558 Not documented
9559
9560 \(fn)" nil nil)
9561
9562 ;;;***
9563 \f
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (18310 14583))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9567
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (18310
9571 ;;;;;; 14583))
9572 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9573 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9574
9575 ;;;***
9576 \f
9577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (18310 14583))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9580
9581 ;;;***
9582 \f
9583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (18310 14583))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9585 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9586
9587 ;;;***
9588 \f
9589 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9590 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (18310 14583))
9591 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9592 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9593
9594 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9595 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9596
9597 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9598
9599 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9600 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9601 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9602
9603 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9604
9605 ;;;***
9606 \f
9607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (18310 14583))
9608 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9609 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9610
9611 ;;;***
9612 \f
9613 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9614 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9615 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9616
9617 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9618 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9619 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9620
9621 \(fn)" t nil)
9622
9623 ;;;***
9624 \f
9625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (18310
9626 ;;;;;; 14583))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9628 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9629
9630 ;;;***
9631 \f
9632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (18310 14583))
9633 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9634 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9635
9636 ;;;***
9637 \f
9638 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9639 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9640 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9641
9642 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9643 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9644 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9645
9646 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9647
9648 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9649 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9650 mode line.
9651
9652 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9653 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9654 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9655
9656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9657 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9658
9659 ;;;***
9660 \f
9661 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9662 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (18310 14583))
9663 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9664 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9665
9666 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9667 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9668 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9669 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9670
9671 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9672
9673 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9674 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9675 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9676
9677 \(fn)" t nil)
9678
9679 ;;;***
9680 \f
9681 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9682 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
9683 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9684
9685 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9686 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9687
9688 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (18310
9693 ;;;;;; 14584))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9695
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9697 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9698
9699 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9700
9701 \(fn)" nil nil)
9702
9703 ;;;***
9704 \f
9705 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (18310
9706 ;;;;;; 14584))
9707 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9708
9709 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9710 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9711
9712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9713
9714 ;;;***
9715 \f
9716 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9717 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (18310 14584))
9718 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9719
9720 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9721 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9722 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9723 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9724 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9725 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9726 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9727 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9728 buffer selected (or created).
9729
9730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9731
9732 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9733 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9734 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9735
9736 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9737
9738 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9739 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9740 The result might be any Lisp object.
9741 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9742 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9743 corresponding to a successful execution.
9744
9745 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9746
9747 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9748 Report a bug in Eshell.
9749 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9750 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9751
9752 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9753
9754 ;;;***
9755 \f
9756 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9757 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9758 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9759 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9760 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9761 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9762 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9763 ;;;;;; (18342 38263))
9764 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9765
9766 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9767 *File name of tags table.
9768 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9769 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9770 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9771 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9772
9773 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9774 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9775 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9776 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9777
9778 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9779
9780 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9781 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9782 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9783 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9784 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9785 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9786
9787 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9788
9789 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9790 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9791 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9792 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9793 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9794 `auto-compression-mode').")
9795
9796 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9797
9798 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9799 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9800 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9801 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9802 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9803
9804 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9805
9806 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9807 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9808 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9809 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9810
9811 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9812
9813 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9814 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9815 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9816 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9817 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9818
9819 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9820
9821 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9822 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9823
9824 \(fn)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9827 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9828 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9829 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9830
9831 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9832 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9833 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9834 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9835 file the tag was in.
9836
9837 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9838
9839 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9840 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9841 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9842 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9843 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9844 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9845 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9846 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9847 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9848
9849 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9850
9851 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9852 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9853 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9854 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9855 without directory names.
9856
9857 \(fn)" nil nil)
9858
9859 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9860 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9861 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9862 but does not select the buffer.
9863 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9864
9865 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9866 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9867 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9868 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9869 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9870
9871 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9872
9873 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9874 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9875 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9876
9877 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9878
9879 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9880
9881 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9882 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9883 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9884 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9885
9886 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9887 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9888 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9889 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9890 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9891
9892 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9893
9894 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9895 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9896 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9897
9898 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9899
9900 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9901 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9902
9903 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9904 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9905 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9906 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9907 around or before point.
9908
9909 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9910 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9911 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9912 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9913 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9914
9915 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9916
9917 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9918 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9919 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9920
9921 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9922
9923 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9924 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9925
9926 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9927 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9928 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9929 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9930 around or before point.
9931
9932 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9933 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9934 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9935 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9936 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9937
9938 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9939
9940 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9941 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9942 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9943
9944 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9945
9946 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9947 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9948
9949 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9950 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9951 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9952
9953 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9954 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9955 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9956 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9957 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9958
9959 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9960
9961 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9962 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9963 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9964
9965 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9966
9967 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9968 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9969 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9970
9971 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9972 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9973
9974 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9975 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9976 where they were found.
9977
9978 \(fn)" t nil)
9979
9980 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9981 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9982
9983 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9984 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9985 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9986
9987 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9988 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9989
9990 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9991 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9992
9993 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9994
9995 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9996 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9997 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9998 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9999
10000 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
10001 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
10002 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
10003 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
10004 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
10005
10006 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
10007 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
10008
10009 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
10010 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
10011 Stops when a match is found.
10012 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10013
10014 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10015
10016 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10017
10018 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10019 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10020 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10021 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10022 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10023 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
10024 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
10025 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
10026
10027 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
10028 produce the list of files to search.
10029
10030 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
10031
10032 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10033
10034 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10035 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10036 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10037 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10038 directory specification.
10039
10040 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10041
10042 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10043 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10044
10045 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10046
10047 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10048 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10049 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10050 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10051
10052 \(fn)" t nil)
10053
10054 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10055 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10056 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10057 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10058 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10059
10060 \(fn)" t nil)
10061
10062 ;;;***
10063 \f
10064 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10065 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10066 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10067 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10068 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10069 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10070 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10071 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (18310 14591))
10072 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10073
10074 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10075 Not documented
10076
10077 \(fn)" nil nil)
10078
10079 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10080 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10082 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10083
10084 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10086 language.
10087
10088 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10089 even if the buffer is read-only.
10090
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10094
10095 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10099
10100 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10101 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10102
10103 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10104 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10105 language.
10106
10107 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10108 buffer is read-only.
10109
10110 See also the descriptions of the variables
10111 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10112 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10113
10114 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10115
10116 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10117 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10118 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10119
10120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10121
10122 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10123 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10124
10125 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10126 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10127
10128 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10129 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10130
10131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10132
10133 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10134 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10135 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10136 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10137
10138 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10139
10140 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10141 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10142 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10143 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10144
10145 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10146 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10147 the primary language.
10148
10149 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10150 buffer is read-only.
10151
10152 See also the descriptions of the variables
10153 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10154 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10155
10156 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10157
10158 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10159 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10160 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10161 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10162
10163 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10164 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10165 primary language.
10166
10167 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10168 buffer is read-only.
10169
10170 See also the descriptions of the variables
10171 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10172 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10173
10174 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10175
10176 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10177 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10178 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10179
10180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10181
10182 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10183 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10184
10185 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10186 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10187 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10188 3) convert the body into SERA.
10189
10190 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10191
10192 \(fn)" t nil)
10193
10194 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10195 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10196 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10197
10198 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10199
10200 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10201 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10202
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10204
10205 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10206 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10207
10208 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10209 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10210 be 1, 2, or 3.
10211
10212 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10213 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10214 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10215
10216 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10217
10218 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10219
10220 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10221 Allow the user to input special characters.
10222
10223 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10224
10225 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10226 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10227 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10228
10229 \(fn)" t nil)
10230
10231 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10232 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10233
10234 \(fn)" t nil)
10235
10236 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10237 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10238
10239 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10240 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10241
10242 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10243 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10244
10245 \(fn)" nil nil)
10246
10247 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10248 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10249
10250 \(fn)" nil nil)
10251
10252 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10253 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10254
10255 \(fn)" nil nil)
10256
10257 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10258 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10259
10260 \(fn)" nil nil)
10261
10262 ;;;***
10263 \f
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10265 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10266 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10267 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10268
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10270 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10271 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10272 server for future sessions.
10273
10274 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10275
10276 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10277 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10278 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10279
10280 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10283 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10284 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10285
10286 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10287
10288 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10289 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10290 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10291 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10292 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10293 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10294 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10295 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10296 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10297 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10298 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10299 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10300
10301 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10302
10303 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10304 Display a form to query the directory server.
10305 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10306 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10307
10308 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10309
10310 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10311 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10312 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10313
10314 \(fn)" t nil)
10315
10316 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10317
10318 ;;;***
10319 \f
10320 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10321 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10322 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (18310 14594))
10323 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10324
10325 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10326 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10327
10328 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10329
10330 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10331 Display URL and make it clickable.
10332
10333 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10334
10335 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10336 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10337
10338 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10339
10340 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10341 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10342
10343 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10344
10345 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10346 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10347
10348 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10349
10350 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10351 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10352
10353 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10354
10355 ;;;***
10356 \f
10357 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10358 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (18310 14594))
10359 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10360
10361 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10362 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10363 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10364
10365 \(fn)" t nil)
10366
10367 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10368 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10369
10370 \(fn)" t nil)
10371
10372 ;;;***
10373 \f
10374 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10375 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
10376 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10377
10378 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10379 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10380
10381 \(fn)" t nil)
10382
10383 ;;;***
10384 \f
10385 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (18310
10386 ;;;;;; 14581))
10387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10388
10389 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10390 Create an empty ewoc.
10391
10392 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10393
10394 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10395 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10396 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10397 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10398 `insert-before-markers'.
10399
10400 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10401 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10402 respectively, of the ewoc.
10403
10404 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10405 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10406 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10407
10408 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10409
10410 ;;;***
10411 \f
10412 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10413 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10414 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10415 ;;;;;; (18310 14599))
10416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10417
10418 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10419 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10420 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10421
10422 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10423
10424 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10425 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10426 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10427 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10428 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10429
10430 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10431
10432 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10433 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10434 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10435 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10436 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10437 executable.
10438
10439 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10440
10441 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10442 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10443 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10444
10445 \(fn)" t nil)
10446
10447 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10448 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10449 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10450 file modes.
10451
10452 \(fn)" nil nil)
10453
10454 ;;;***
10455 \f
10456 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10457 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10458 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
10459 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10460
10461 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10462 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10463 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10464 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10465
10466 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10467
10468 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10469 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10470 to generate such functions.
10471
10472 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10473 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10474 beginning of the expanded text.
10475
10476 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10477 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10478 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10479 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10480
10481 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10482
10483 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10484
10485 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10486 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10487 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10488
10489 \(fn)" nil nil)
10490
10491 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10492 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10493 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10494
10495 \(fn)" t nil)
10496
10497 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10498 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10499 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10500
10501 \(fn)" t nil)
10502 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10503 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10504
10505 ;;;***
10506 \f
10507 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (18593 55295))
10508 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10509
10510 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10511 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10512 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10513
10514 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10515 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10516 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10517
10518 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10519
10520 Key definitions:
10521 \\{f90-mode-map}
10522
10523 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10524
10525 `f90-do-indent'
10526 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10527 `f90-if-indent'
10528 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10529 `f90-type-indent'
10530 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10531 `f90-program-indent'
10532 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10533 (default 2).
10534 `f90-continuation-indent'
10535 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10536 `f90-comment-region'
10537 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10538 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10539 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10540 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10541 (default \"!\").
10542 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10543 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10544 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10545 `f90-break-delimiters'
10546 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10547 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10548 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10549 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10550 (default t).
10551 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10552 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10553 `f90-smart-end'
10554 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10555 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10556 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10557 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10558 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10559 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10560 `f90-leave-line-no'
10561 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10562
10563 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10564 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10565
10566 \(fn)" t nil)
10567
10568 ;;;***
10569 \f
10570 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10571 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10572 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10573 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10574 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (18612 9509))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10576 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10577 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10578
10579 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10580 Menu keymap for faces.")
10581
10582 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10583
10584 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10585 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10586
10587 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10588
10589 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10590 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10591
10592 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10593
10594 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10595 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10596
10597 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10598
10599 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10600 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10601
10602 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10603
10604 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10605 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10606
10607 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10608
10609 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10610 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10611
10612 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10613
10614 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10615
10616 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10617
10618 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10619
10620 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10621 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10622
10623 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10624 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10625 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10626 to the faces to use for the next character
10627 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10628 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10629
10630 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10631 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10632 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10633 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10634 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10635 preceding faces (including FACE).
10636
10637 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10638 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10639
10640 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10643 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10644 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10645
10646 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10647 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10648 requested face.
10649
10650 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10651 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10652 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10653
10654 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10655
10656 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10657 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10658 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10659
10660 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10661 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10662 requested face.
10663
10664 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10665 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10666 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10667
10668 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10669
10670 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10671 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10672 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10673 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10674 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10675 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10676 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10677
10678 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10679 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10680 requested face.
10681
10682 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10683 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10684 to insert cancels the specification.
10685
10686 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10687
10688 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10689 Make the region invisible.
10690 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10691 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10692
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10696 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10697 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10698 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10699
10700 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10701
10702 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10703 Make the region unmodifiable.
10704 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10705 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10706
10707 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10708
10709 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10710 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10711
10712 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10715 Remove all text properties from the region.
10716
10717 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10718
10719 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10720 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10721 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10722
10723 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10724
10725 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10726 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10727
10728 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10729
10730 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10731 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10732 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10733 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10734 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10735 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10736
10737 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10738
10739 ;;;***
10740 \f
10741 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10742 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10743 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10744 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10745
10746 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10747 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10748 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10749 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10750
10751 \(fn)" nil nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10754 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10755
10756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10759 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10760 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10761 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10762
10763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10764
10765 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10766 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10767 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10768 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10769 backup file names and the like).
10770
10771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10772
10773 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10774 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10775 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10776 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10777 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10778 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10779 internally by feedmail):
10780
10781 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10782 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10783 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10784 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10785
10786 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10787 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10788 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10789 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10790 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10791
10792 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10793
10794 ;;;***
10795 \f
10796 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10797 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (18368 9292))
10798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10799
10800 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10801 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10802 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10803 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10804 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10805 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10806 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10807
10808 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10809
10810 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10811 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10812 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10813 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10814 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10815 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10816 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10817
10818 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10819
10820 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10821
10822 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10823 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10824 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10825 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10826 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10827 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10828
10829 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10832 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10833 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10834 Return value:
10835 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10836 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10837 * otherwise, nil
10838
10839 \(fn E)" t nil)
10840
10841 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10842 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10843
10844 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10847 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10848
10849 \(fn)" t nil)
10850
10851 ;;;***
10852 \f
10853 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10854 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10855 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10856 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (18310 14569))
10857 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10858
10859 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10860 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10861 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10862 be added to the cache.
10863
10864 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10865
10866 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10867 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10868 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10869 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10870 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10871
10872 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10873
10874 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10875 Add FILE to the file cache.
10876
10877 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10878
10879 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10880 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10881 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10882
10883 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10884
10885 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10886 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10887 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10888
10889 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10890
10891 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10892 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10893 This function does not use any external programs
10894 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10895 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10896 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10897
10898 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10901 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10902 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10903 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10904 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10905 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10906 \(directories) is done.
10907
10908 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10909
10910 ;;;***
10911 \f
10912 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (18310
10913 ;;;;;; 14569))
10914 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10915
10916 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10917 Filesets initialization.
10918 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10919
10920 \(fn)" nil nil)
10921
10922 ;;;***
10923 \f
10924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18612 9510))
10925 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10926 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10927
10928 ;;;***
10929 \f
10930 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-name-arg
10931 ;;;;;; find-grep-options find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option)
10932 ;;;;;; "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (18418 29074))
10933 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10934
10935 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10936 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10937 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10938 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10939 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10940
10941 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10942
10943 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10944 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10945 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10946 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10947 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10948
10949 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10950
10951 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10952 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10953 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10954 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10955
10956 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10957
10958 (defvar find-name-arg (if read-file-name-completion-ignore-case "-iname" "-name") "\
10959 *Argument used to specify file name pattern.
10960 If `read-file-name-completion-ignore-case' is non-nil, -iname is used so that
10961 find also ignores case. Otherwise, -name is used.")
10962
10963 (custom-autoload (quote find-name-arg) "find-dired" t)
10964
10965 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10966 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10967 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10968
10969 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10970
10971 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10972 as the final argument.
10973
10974 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10975
10976 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10977 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10978 and run dired on those files.
10979 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10980 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10981
10982 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10983
10984 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10985
10986 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10987 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10988 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10989
10990 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10991
10992 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10993
10994 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10995
10996 ;;;***
10997 \f
10998 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10999 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11000 ;;;;;; (18310 14569))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11002
11003 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11004 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11005 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11006 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11007 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11008 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11009 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11010
11011 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11012 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11013 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11014
11015 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11016
11017 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11018
11019 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11020
11021 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11022 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11023 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11024
11025 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11026 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11027
11028 Variables of interest include:
11029
11030 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11031 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11032 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11033
11034 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11035 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11036 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11037
11038 - `ff-ignore-include'
11039 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11040
11041 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11042 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11043
11044 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11045 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11046
11047 - `ff-special-constructs'
11048 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11049 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11050 extracting the filename from that construct.
11051
11052 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11053 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11054
11055 - `ff-search-directories'
11056 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11057 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11058
11059 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11060 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11061
11062 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11063 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11064
11065 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11066 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11067
11068 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11069 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11070
11071 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11072 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11073
11074 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11075
11076 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11077 Visit the file you click on.
11078
11079 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11080
11081 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11082 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11083
11084 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11085
11086 ;;;***
11087 \f
11088 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11089 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11090 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11091 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11092 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11093 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11094 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (18597 43991))
11095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11096
11097 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11098 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11099
11100 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11101
11102 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11103 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11104 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11105 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11106
11107 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11108 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11109 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11110 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11111
11112 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11113
11114 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11115 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11116
11117 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11118 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11119 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11120 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11121
11122 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11123 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11124 in `load-path'.
11125
11126 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11127
11128 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11129 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11130
11131 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11132 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11133 places point before the definition.
11134 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11135
11136 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11137 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11138 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11139
11140 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11141
11142 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11143 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11144
11145 See `find-function' for more details.
11146
11147 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11148
11149 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11150 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11151
11152 See `find-function' for more details.
11153
11154 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11155
11156 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11157 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11158
11159 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11160 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11161 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11162
11163 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11164 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11165
11166 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11167
11168 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11169 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11170
11171 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11172 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11173 places point before the definition.
11174
11175 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11176
11177 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11178 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11179 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11180
11181 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11182
11183 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11184 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11185
11186 See `find-variable' for more details.
11187
11188 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11189
11190 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11191 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11192
11193 See `find-variable' for more details.
11194
11195 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11196
11197 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11198 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11199 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11200 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11201 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11202 buffer nor display it.
11203
11204 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11205 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11206
11207 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11208
11209 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11210 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11211
11212 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11213 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11214 places point before the definition.
11215
11216 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11217
11218 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11219 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11220 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11221
11222 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11223
11224 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11225 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11226 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11227
11228 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11229
11230 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11231 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11232
11233 \(fn)" t nil)
11234
11235 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11236 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11237
11238 \(fn)" t nil)
11239
11240 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11241 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11242
11243 \(fn)" nil nil)
11244
11245 ;;;***
11246 \f
11247 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11248 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (18310 14569))
11249 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11250
11251 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11252 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11253
11254 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11255
11256 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11257 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11258
11259 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11260
11261 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11262 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11263
11264 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11265
11266 ;;;***
11267 \f
11268 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11269 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (18593 55294))
11270 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11271
11272 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11273 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11274
11275 \(fn)" t nil)
11276
11277 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11278 Display FILE's commentary section.
11279 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11280
11281 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11282
11283 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11284 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11285
11286 \(fn)" t nil)
11287
11288 ;;;***
11289 \f
11290 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11291 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (18310 14569))
11292 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11293
11294 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11295 Toggle flow control handling.
11296 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11297 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11298
11299 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11300
11301 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11302 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11303 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11304 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11305 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11306 to get the effect of a C-q.
11307
11308 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11309
11310 ;;;***
11311 \f
11312 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11313 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
11314 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11315
11316 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11317 Not documented
11318
11319 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11320
11321 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11322 Not documented
11323
11324 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11325
11326 ;;;***
11327 \f
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11329 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (18567 43650))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11331
11332 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11333 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11334 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11335 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11336
11337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11338
11339 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11340 Turn flymake mode on.
11341
11342 \(fn)" nil nil)
11343
11344 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11345 Turn flymake mode off.
11346
11347 \(fn)" nil nil)
11348
11349 ;;;***
11350 \f
11351 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11352 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11353 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18612 35635))
11354 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11355
11356 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11357 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11358
11359 \(fn)" t nil)
11360 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11361
11362 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11363 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11364 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11365 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11366 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11367 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
11368 otherwise turn it off.
11369
11370 Bindings:
11371 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11372 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11373 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11374 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11375
11376 Hooks:
11377 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11378
11379 Remark:
11380 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11381 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11382 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11383
11384 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11385 consider adding:
11386 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11387 in your .emacs file.
11388
11389 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11390 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11391
11392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11395 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11396
11397 \(fn)" nil nil)
11398
11399 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11400 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11401
11402 \(fn)" nil nil)
11403
11404 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11405 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11406
11407 \(fn)" nil nil)
11408
11409 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11410 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11411
11412 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11413
11414 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11415 Flyspell whole buffer.
11416
11417 \(fn)" t nil)
11418
11419 ;;;***
11420 \f
11421 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11422 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11423 ;;;;;; (18368 9292))
11424 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11425
11426 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11427 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11428
11429 \(fn)" t nil)
11430
11431 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11432 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11433
11434 \(fn)" t nil)
11435
11436 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11437 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11438
11439 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11440 of two major techniques:
11441
11442 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11443 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11444 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11445
11446 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11447 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11448 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11449 movement commands.
11450
11451 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11452 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11453 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11454 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11455 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11456 mileage may vary).
11457
11458 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11459 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11460
11461 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11462
11463 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11464 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11465 \(This is the default.)
11466
11467 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11468
11469 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11470 \\{follow-mode-map}
11471
11472 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11473
11474 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11475 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11476
11477 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11478 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11479 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11480 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11481 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11482 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11483
11484 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11485 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11486 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11487
11488 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11489 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11490 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11491
11492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11493
11494 ;;;***
11495 \f
11496 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (18310
11497 ;;;;;; 14591))
11498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11499
11500 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11501 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11502 \\<message-mode-map>
11503 key binding
11504 --- -------
11505
11506 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11507 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11508 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11509 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11510 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11511 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11512
11513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11514
11515 ;;;***
11516 \f
11517 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11518 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (18310 14570))
11519 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11520
11521 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11522 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11523
11524 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11525 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11526 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11527 C-c < forms-first-record <
11528 C-c > forms-last-record >
11529 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11530 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11531 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11532 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11533 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11534 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11535 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11536 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11537 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11538 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11539
11540 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11541
11542 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11543 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11544
11545 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11546
11547 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11548 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11549
11550 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11551
11552 ;;;***
11553 \f
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11555 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (18593 55295))
11556 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11557
11558 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11559 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11560 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11561 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11562 with a character in column 6.")
11563
11564 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11565
11566 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11567 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11568 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11569
11570 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11571 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11572
11573 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11574
11575 Key definitions:
11576 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11577
11578 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11579
11580 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11581 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11582 `fortran-do-indent'
11583 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11584 `fortran-if-indent'
11585 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11586 `fortran-structure-indent'
11587 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11588 (default 3)
11589 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11590 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11591 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11592 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11593 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11594 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11595 nil don't change the indentation
11596 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11597 value of either
11598 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11599 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11600 depending on the continuation format in use.
11601 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11602 indentation for a line of code.
11603 (default 'fixed)
11604 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11605 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11606 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11607 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11608 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11609 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11610 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11611 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11612 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11613 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11614 column 5.
11615 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11616 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11617 statements (default nil).
11618 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11619 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11620 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11621 `fortran-continuation-string'
11622 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11623 line (default \"$\").
11624 `fortran-comment-region'
11625 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11626 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11627 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11628 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11629 as typed (default t).
11630 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11631 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11632
11633 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11634 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11635
11636 \(fn)" t nil)
11637
11638 ;;;***
11639 \f
11640 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11641 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (18310 14597))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11643
11644 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11645 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11646
11647 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11648 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11649
11650 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11651
11652 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11653 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11654
11655 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11656 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11657
11658 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11659
11660 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11661 Compile fortune file.
11662
11663 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11664 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11665
11666 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11667
11668 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11669 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11670
11671 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11672 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11673 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11674 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11675
11676 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11677
11678 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11679 Display a fortune cookie.
11680
11681 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11682 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11683 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11684 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11685
11686 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdb) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11691 ;;;;;; (18612 9510))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11693
11694 (autoload (quote gdb) "gdb-ui" "\
11695 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11696 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
11697 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
11698
11699 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11700 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11701 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11702 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11703
11704 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11705 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11706 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11707 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11708 some of the buffers.
11709
11710 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11711
11712 The following commands help control operation :
11713
11714 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11715 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11716
11717 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11718 detailed description of this mode.
11719
11720
11721 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11722 | GDB Toolbar |
11723 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11724 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11725 | | |
11726 | | |
11727 | | |
11728 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11729 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11730 | | (comint-mode) |
11731 | | |
11732 | | |
11733 | | |
11734 | | |
11735 | | |
11736 | | |
11737 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11738 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11739 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11740 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11741 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11742 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11743
11744 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
11745 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
11746 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
11747 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
11748 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
11749 session.
11750
11751 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11752
11753 (defalias (quote gdba) (quote gdb))
11754
11755 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11756 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11757
11758 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11759
11760 ;;;***
11761 \f
11762 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11763 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (18310
11764 ;;;;;; 14581))
11765 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11766
11767 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11768 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11769 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11770 instead (which see).")
11771
11772 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11773 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11774
11775 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11776 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11777 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11778 documentation string instead.
11779
11780 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11781 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11782 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11783 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11784 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11785 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11786 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11787 enders are actually possible.
11788
11789 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11790 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11791
11792 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11793 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11794 `font-lock-keywords'.
11795
11796 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11797 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11798 runs the macro expansion.
11799
11800 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11801 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11802 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11803
11804 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11805
11806 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11807
11808 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11809 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11810
11811 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11812
11813 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11814 Enter generic mode MODE.
11815
11816 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11817 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11818 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11819
11820 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11821 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11822
11823 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11824
11825 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11826 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11827 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11828 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11829 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11830 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11831 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11832 `font-lock-keywords'.
11833
11834 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11835
11836 ;;;***
11837 \f
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11839 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11841
11842 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11843 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11844 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11845 at places they belong to.
11846
11847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11848
11849 ;;;***
11850 \f
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11852 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (18310 14584))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11854
11855 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11856 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11857
11858 Guideline for numbers:
11859 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11860 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11861 inside loops.
11862
11863 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11864
11865 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11866 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11867 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11868
11869 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11870
11871 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11872 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11873
11874 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11875
11876 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11877 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11878
11879 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11880 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11881 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11882 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11883 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11884 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11885
11886 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11887 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11888 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11889 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11890 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11891
11892 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11893
11894 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11895
11896 ;;;***
11897 \f
11898 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11899 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (18355 36598))
11900 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11901 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11902 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11903
11904 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11905 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11906
11907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11908
11909 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11910 Read network news.
11911 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11912 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11913 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11914 name of an NNTP server to use.
11915 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11916 server.
11917
11918 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11919
11920 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11921 Read news as a slave.
11922
11923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11924
11925 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11926 Pop up a frame to read news.
11927 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11928 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11929 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11930 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11931 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11932 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11933 current display is used.
11934
11935 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11936
11937 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11938 Read network news.
11939 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11940 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11941 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11942
11943 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11944
11945 ;;;***
11946 \f
11947 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11948 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11949 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11950 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11951 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11952 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (18310 14584))
11953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11954
11955 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11956 Start Gnus unplugged.
11957
11958 \(fn)" t nil)
11959
11960 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11961 Start Gnus plugged.
11962
11963 \(fn)" t nil)
11964
11965 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11966 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11967
11968 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11969
11970 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11971 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11972
11973 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11974 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11975 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11976
11977 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11978 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11979 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11980
11981 \(fn)" t nil)
11982
11983 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11984 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11985
11986 \(fn)" nil nil)
11987
11988 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11989 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11990 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11991 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11992 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11993 supported.
11994
11995 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11996
11997 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11998 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11999 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12000 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12001 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12002 supported.
12003
12004 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12005
12006 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12007 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12008
12009 \(fn)" nil nil)
12010
12011 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12012 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12013 downloaded into the agent.
12014
12015 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12016
12017 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12018 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12019 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12020 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12021
12022 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12023
12024 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12025 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12026
12027 \(fn)" t nil)
12028
12029 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12030 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12031
12032 \(fn)" t nil)
12033
12034 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12035 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12036 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12037
12038 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12039
12040 ;;;***
12041 \f
12042 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12043 ;;;;;; (18490 24742))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12045
12046 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12047 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12048
12049 \(fn)" nil nil)
12050
12051 ;;;***
12052 \f
12053 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12054 ;;;;;; (18310 14584))
12055 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12056
12057 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12058 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12059
12060 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12061
12062 ;;;***
12063 \f
12064 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12065 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12066 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (18310
12067 ;;;;;; 14584))
12068 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12069
12070 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12071 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12072
12073 Usage:
12074 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12075
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12079 Generate the cache active file.
12080
12081 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12082
12083 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12084 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12085
12086 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12087
12088 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12089 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12090 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12091 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12092 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12093 supported.
12094
12095 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12096
12097 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12098 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12099 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12100 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12101 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12102 supported.
12103
12104 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12109 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (18310 14585))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12111
12112 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12113 Delay this article by some time.
12114 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12115
12116 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12117 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12118
12119 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12120 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12121
12122 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12123 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12124
12125 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12126
12127 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12128 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12129
12130 \(fn)" t nil)
12131
12132 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12133 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12134 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12135 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12136
12137 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12138 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12139
12140 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12141
12142 ;;;***
12143 \f
12144 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12145 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (18448 4532))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12147
12148 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12149 Not documented
12150
12151 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12152
12153 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12154 Not documented
12155
12156 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12157
12158 ;;;***
12159 \f
12160 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12161 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12163
12164 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12165 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12166
12167 \(fn)" nil nil)
12168
12169 ;;;***
12170 \f
12171 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12174
12175 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12176 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12177
12178 \(fn)" t nil)
12179
12180 ;;;***
12181 \f
12182 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12183 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12184 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (18310
12185 ;;;;;; 14585))
12186 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12187
12188 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12189 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12190
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12192
12193 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12194 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12195
12196 \(fn)" t nil)
12197
12198 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12199 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12200
12201 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12202
12203 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12204 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12205
12206 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12207
12208 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12209 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12210 The PNG is returned as a string.
12211
12212 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12213
12214 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12215 Convert FILE to a Face.
12216 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12217 726 bytes.
12218
12219 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12220
12221 ;;;***
12222 \f
12223 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12224 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (18377 44624))
12225 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12226
12227 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12228 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12229 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12230
12231 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12232
12233 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12234 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12235
12236 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12237
12238 ;;;***
12239 \f
12240 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12241 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12242 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12243
12244 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12245
12246 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12247 Run batched scoring.
12248 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12249
12250 \(fn)" t nil)
12251
12252 ;;;***
12253 \f
12254 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12255 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12256 ;;;;;; (18310 14585))
12257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12258
12259 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12260 Not documented
12261
12262 \(fn)" nil nil)
12263
12264 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12265 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12266 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12267
12268 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12269
12270 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12271 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12272
12273 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12274
12275 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12276
12277 ;;;***
12278 \f
12279 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12280 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12281 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12283
12284 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12285 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12286 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12287 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12288 group parameters.
12289
12290 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12291 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12292 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12293 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12294
12295 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12296 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12297 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12298 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12299 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12300 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12301 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12302 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12303 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12304 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12305
12306 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12307
12308 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12309 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12310 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12311 nil CATCH-ALL).
12312
12313 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12314 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12315
12316 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12317
12318 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12319 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12320 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12321
12322 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12323
12324 \(fn)" nil nil)
12325
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12327 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12328 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12329
12330 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12331
12332 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12333 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12334 existing groups are considered.
12335
12336 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12337 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12338 returned.
12339
12340 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12341 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12342 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12343 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12344 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12345 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12346 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12347 clauses will be generated.
12348
12349 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12350 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12351 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12352 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12353 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12354 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12355
12356 For example, given the following group parameters:
12357
12358 nnml:mail.bar:
12359 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12360 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12361 nnml:mail.foo:
12362 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12363 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12364 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12365 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12366 nnml:mail.others:
12367 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12368
12369 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12370
12371 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12372 \"mail.bar\")
12373 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12374 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12375 \"mail.others\")
12376
12377 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12378
12379 ;;;***
12380 \f
12381 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12382 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12384
12385 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12386 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12387 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12388
12389 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12390
12391 ;;;***
12392 \f
12393 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12394 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (18310 14586))
12395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12396
12397 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12398 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12399 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12400 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12401
12402 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12403
12404 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12405 Mail to ADDRESS.
12406
12407 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12408
12409 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12410 Like `message-reply'.
12411
12412 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12413
12414 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12415
12416 ;;;***
12417 \f
12418 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12419 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (18310 14586))
12420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12421
12422 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12423 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12424
12425 \(fn)" t nil)
12426
12427 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12428 Load the NoCeM cache.
12429
12430 \(fn)" t nil)
12431
12432 ;;;***
12433 \f
12434 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12435 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12436 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12438
12439 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12440 Display picons in the From header.
12441 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12442
12443 \(fn)" t nil)
12444
12445 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12446 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12447 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12448
12449 \(fn)" t nil)
12450
12451 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12452 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12453 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12454
12455 \(fn)" t nil)
12456
12457 ;;;***
12458 \f
12459 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12460 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12461 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12462 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12463 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (18310 14586))
12464 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12465
12466 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12467 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12468 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12469 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12470
12471 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12472
12473 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12474 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12475 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12476 LIST1 is modified.
12477
12478 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479
12480 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12481 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12482 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12483
12484 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485
12486 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12487 Not documented
12488
12489 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12490
12491 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12492 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12493 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12494
12495 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12496
12497 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12498 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12499 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12500
12501 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12502
12503 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12504
12505 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12506 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12507 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12508
12509 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12510
12511 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12512 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12513 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12514
12515 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12516
12517 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12518 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12519 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12520
12521 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12522
12523 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12524 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12525
12526 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12527
12528 ;;;***
12529 \f
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12531 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (18490 24741))
12532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12533
12534 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12535 Not documented
12536
12537 \(fn)" t nil)
12538
12539 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12540 Install the registry hooks.
12541
12542 \(fn)" t nil)
12543
12544 ;;;***
12545 \f
12546 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12547 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (18310
12548 ;;;;;; 14586))
12549 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12550
12551 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12552 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12553 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12554 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12555 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12556 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12557
12558 \(fn)" t nil)
12559
12560 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12561 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12562 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12563 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12564 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12565
12566 \(fn)" t nil)
12567
12568 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12569 Not documented
12570
12571 \(fn)" t nil)
12572
12573 ;;;***
12574 \f
12575 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12576 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12577 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12578
12579 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12580 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12581 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12582 for matching on group names.
12583
12584 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12585 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12586
12587 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12588
12589 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12590
12591 \(fn)" t nil)
12592
12593 ;;;***
12594 \f
12595 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12596 ;;;;;; (18310 14586))
12597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12598
12599 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12600 Update the format specification near point.
12601
12602 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12603
12604 ;;;***
12605 \f
12606 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12607 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (18310
12608 ;;;;;; 14586))
12609 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12610
12611 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12612 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12613
12614 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12615
12616 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12617 Not documented
12618
12619 \(fn)" nil nil)
12620
12621 ;;;***
12622 \f
12623 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12624 ;;;;;; (18310 14587))
12625 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12626
12627 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12628 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12629
12630 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12631
12632 ;;;***
12633 \f
12634 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (18310 14597))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12636
12637 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12638 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12639
12640 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12641 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12642 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12643
12644 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12645 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12646 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12647
12648 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12649 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12650
12651 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12652 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12653
12654 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12655
12656 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12657
12658 ;;;***
12659 \f
12660 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12661 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (18310 14594))
12662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12663
12664 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12665
12666 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12667 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12668 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12669 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12670 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12671
12672 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12673
12674 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12675 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12676 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12677 or to send e-mail.
12678 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12679 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12680
12681 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12682 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12683
12684 \(fn)" t nil)
12685 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12686
12687 ;;;***
12688 \f
12689 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12690 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12691 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (18310 14600))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12693
12694 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12695 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12696
12697 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12698
12699 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12700 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12701 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12702 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12703 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12704
12705 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12706 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12707
12708 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12709
12710 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12711 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12712 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12713 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12714
12715 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12716
12717 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12718 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12719
12720 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12721
12722 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12723 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12724
12725 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12726 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12727 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12728
12729 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12730 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12731 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12732
12733 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12734 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12735 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12736 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12737 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12738
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12740
12741 (defvar grep-history nil)
12742
12743 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12744
12745 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12746 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12747 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12748
12749 \(fn)" nil nil)
12750
12751 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12752 Not documented
12753
12754 \(fn)" nil nil)
12755
12756 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12757 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12758
12759 \(fn)" nil nil)
12760
12761 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12762 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12763 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12764 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12765 where grep found matches.
12766
12767 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12768 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12769
12770 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12771 easily repeat a grep command.
12772
12773 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12774 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12775 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12776 if that history list is empty).
12777
12778 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12779
12780 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12781 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12782 Collect output in a buffer.
12783 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12784 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12785
12786 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12787 easily repeat a find command.
12788
12789 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12790
12791 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12792
12793 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12794 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12795 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12796 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12797 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12798
12799 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12800 before it is executed.
12801 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12802
12803 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12804 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12805 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12806
12807 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12808
12809 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12810
12811 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12812 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12813 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12814 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12815 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12816
12817 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12818 before it is executed.
12819 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12820
12821 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12822 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12823 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12824
12825 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12826
12827 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12828
12829 ;;;***
12830 \f
12831 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (18310 14570))
12832 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12833
12834 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12835 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12836 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12837 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12838 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12839
12840 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12841
12842 ;;;***
12843 \f
12844 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb)
12845 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (18432 46544))
12846 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12847
12848 (autoload (quote gud-gdb) "gud" "\
12849 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12850 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12851 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12852
12853 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12854
12855 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12856 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12857 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12858 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12859
12860 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12861
12862 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12863 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12864 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12865 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12866
12867 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12868
12869 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12870 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12871 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12872 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12873
12874 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12875 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12876
12877 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12880 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12881 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12882 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12892
12893 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12894 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12895 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12896 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12897 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12898
12899 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12900 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12901 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12902 original source file access method.
12903
12904 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12905 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12906
12907 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12908 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12909
12910 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.[a-z0-9-]*gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12911
12912 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12913 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12914
12915 \(fn)" t nil)
12916
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (18310
12920 ;;;;;; 14597))
12921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12922
12923 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12924 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12925 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12926 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12927
12928 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12929 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12930 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12931 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12932
12933 \(fn)" t nil)
12934
12935 ;;;***
12936 \f
12937 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12938 ;;;;;; (17742 40275))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12940
12941 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12942 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12943
12944 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12945
12946 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12947 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12948 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12949 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12950
12951 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12952
12953 \(fn)" t nil)
12954
12955 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12956 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12957 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12958 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12959 to be updated.
12960
12961 \(fn)" t nil)
12962
12963 ;;;***
12964 \f
12965 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12966 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12967 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12968 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (18310 14570))
12969 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12970
12971 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12972 Return the help-echo string at point.
12973 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12974 property, or nil, is returned.
12975 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12976 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12977 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12978
12979 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12980
12981 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12982 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12983 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12984 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
12985 this produces no string either, return nil.
12986
12987 \(fn)" nil nil)
12988
12989 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12990 Display local help in the echo area.
12991 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12992 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12993 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12994 printed instead.
12995
12996 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12997 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12998 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12999
13000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13001
13002 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13003 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13004 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13005
13006 \(fn)" t nil)
13007
13008 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13009 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13010 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13011
13012 \(fn)" t nil)
13013
13014 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13015 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13016 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13017 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13018 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13019 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13020 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13021 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13022 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13023 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13024 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13025
13026 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13027 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13028 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13029 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13030 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13031
13032 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13033 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13034 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13035 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13036 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13037 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13038 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13039 The default is `never'.")
13040
13041 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13042
13043 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13044 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13045 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13046 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13047 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13048 considered different regions.
13049
13050 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13051 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13052 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13053 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13054 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13055 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13056 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13057 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13058 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13059
13060 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13061
13062 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13063 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13064 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13065 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13066 different regions.
13067
13068 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13069 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13070 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13071 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13072 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13073 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13074 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13075 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13076
13077 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13078 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13079 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13080 rarely happens in practice.
13081
13082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13083
13084 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13085 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13086 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13087 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13088 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13089 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13090
13091 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13092
13093 ;;;***
13094 \f
13095 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13096 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13097 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13098 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13099 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13100
13101 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13102 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13103
13104 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13105
13106 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13107 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13108 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13109
13110 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13111
13112 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13113 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13114
13115 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13116
13117 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13118 Not documented
13119
13120 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13121
13122 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13123 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13124 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13125 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13126
13127 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13130 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13131 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13132 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13133 it is displayed along with the global value.
13134
13135 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13136
13137 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13138 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13139 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13140 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13141
13142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13143
13144 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13145 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13146 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13147 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13148 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13149
13150 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13151
13152 ;;;***
13153 \f
13154 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13155 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13156 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13157
13158 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13159 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13160 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13161 and window listing and describing the options.
13162 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13163 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13164
13165 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13166
13167 ;;;***
13168 \f
13169 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13170 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13171 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (18310 14570))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13173
13174 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13175 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13176 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13177 Commands:
13178 \\{help-mode-map}
13179
13180 \(fn)" t nil)
13181
13182 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13183 Not documented
13184
13185 \(fn)" nil nil)
13186
13187 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13188 Not documented
13189
13190 \(fn)" nil nil)
13191
13192 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13193 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13194
13195 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13196 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13197 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13198 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13199
13200 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13201 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13202 restore it properly when going back.
13203
13204 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13205
13206 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13207 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13208
13209 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13210 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13211 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13212 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13213 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13214 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13215 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13216 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13217
13218 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13219 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13220 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13221 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13222
13223 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13224 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13225 that.
13226
13227 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13228
13229 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13230 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13231 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13232 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13233 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13234 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13235
13236 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13237
13238 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13239 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13240 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13241 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13242 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13243
13244 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13245
13246 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13247 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13248
13249 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13250
13251 ;;;***
13252 \f
13253 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13254 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (18310 14581))
13255 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13256
13257 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13258 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13259
13260 \(fn)" t nil)
13261
13262 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13263 Provide help for current mode.
13264
13265 \(fn)" t nil)
13266
13267 ;;;***
13268 \f
13269 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13270 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (18310 14570))
13271 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13272
13273 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13274 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13275 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13276 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13277 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13278
13279 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13280 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13281
13282 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13283 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13284 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13285 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13286
13287 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13288 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13289 periods.
13290
13291 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13292 in hexl format.
13293
13294 A sample format:
13295
13296 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13297 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13298 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13299 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13300 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13301 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13302 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13303 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13304 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13305 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13306 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13307 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13308 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13309 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13310 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13311
13312 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13313 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13314 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13315
13316 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13317 also supported.
13318
13319 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13320
13321 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13322 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13323 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13324
13325 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13326 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13327 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13328
13329 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13330 into the buffer at the current point.
13331
13332 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13333 into the buffer at the current point.
13334
13335 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13336 into the buffer at the current point.
13337
13338 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13339
13340 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13341 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13342
13343 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13344
13345 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13346
13347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13348
13349 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13350 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13351 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13352 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13353
13354 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13355
13356 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13357 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13358 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13359
13360 \(fn)" t nil)
13361
13362 ;;;***
13363 \f
13364 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13365 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13366 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13367 ;;;;;; (18612 9509))
13368 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13369
13370 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13371 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13372
13373 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13374 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13375 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13376 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13377 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13378 called interactively, are:
13379
13380 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13381 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13382
13383 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13384 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13385 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13386 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13387
13388 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13389 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13390
13391 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13392 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13393
13394 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13395 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13396 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13397 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13398 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13399 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13400 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13401 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13402 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13403 function returns t.
13404
13405 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13406 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13407
13408 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13409 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13410 form:
13411 Hi-lock: FOO
13412 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13413 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13414 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13415 Patterns will be read until
13416 Hi-lock: end
13417 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13418
13419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13420
13421 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13422 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13423 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13426 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13427
13428 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13429
13430 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13431 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13432 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13433 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13434 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13435
13436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13437
13438 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13439
13440 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13441 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13442
13443 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13444 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13445 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13446 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13447
13448 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13449
13450 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13451
13452 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13453 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13454
13455 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13456 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13457 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13458 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13459
13460 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13461
13462 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13463
13464 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13465 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13466
13467 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13468 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13469
13470 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13471
13472 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13473
13474 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13475 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13476
13477 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13478 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13479 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13480 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13481 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13482
13483 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13484
13485 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13486 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13487
13488 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13489 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13490 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13491
13492 \(fn)" t nil)
13493
13494 ;;;***
13495 \f
13496 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13497 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (18310 14600))
13498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13499
13500 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13501 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13502 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13503 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13504 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13505 how the hiding is done:
13506
13507 `hide-ifdef-env'
13508 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13509 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13510 is used.
13511
13512 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13513 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13514 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13515 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13516 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13517
13518 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13519 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13520 #endif lines when hiding.
13521
13522 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13523 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13524 is activated.
13525
13526 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13527 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13528 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13529
13530 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13531
13532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13533
13534 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13535 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13536
13537 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13538
13539 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13540 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13541
13542 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13543
13544 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13545 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13546
13547 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13548
13549 ;;;***
13550 \f
13551 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13552 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
13553 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13554
13555 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13556 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13557 Each element has the form
13558 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13559
13560 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13561 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13562
13563 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13564 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13565
13566 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13567 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13568 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13569 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13570 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13571 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13572
13573 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13574 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13575
13576 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13577 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13578
13579 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13580 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13581 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13582
13583 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13584 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13585 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13586 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13587 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13588 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13589
13590 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13591 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13592 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13593
13594 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13595 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13596
13597 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13598
13599 Key bindings:
13600 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13601
13602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13603
13604 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13605 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13606
13607 \(fn)" nil nil)
13608
13609 ;;;***
13610 \f
13611 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13612 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13613 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13614 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13615 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18368 9293))
13616 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13617
13618 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13620 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13621
13622 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13623
13624 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13625 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13626
13627 Without an argument:
13628 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13629 or passive state as determined by the variable
13630 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13631 and passive state.
13632
13633 With an argument ARG:
13634 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13635 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13636 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13637
13638 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13639 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13640 not displayed in a different face.
13641
13642 Functions:
13643 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13644 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13645 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13646 buffer with the contents of a file
13647 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13648 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13649 various faces
13650
13651 Hook variables:
13652 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13653 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13654 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13655
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13657
13658 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13659 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13660
13661 \(fn)" t nil)
13662
13663 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13664 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13665
13666 \(fn)" t nil)
13667
13668 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13669 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13670
13671 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13672 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13673 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13674 shown in the last face in the list.
13675
13676 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13677 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13678 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13679
13680 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13681
13682 \(fn)" t nil)
13683
13684 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13685 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13686
13687 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13688
13689 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13690 to save the file.
13691
13692 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13693 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13694
13695 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13696 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13697 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13698
13699 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13700
13701 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13702 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13703
13704 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13705 this function is called interactively.
13706
13707 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13708 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13709 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13710
13711 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13712 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13713 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13714
13715 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13716
13717 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13718 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13719
13720 When called interactively:
13721 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13722 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13723 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13724 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13725
13726 When called from a program:
13727 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13728 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13729 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13730 - otherwise just turn it on
13731
13732 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13733 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13734 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13735 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13736
13737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13738
13739 ;;;***
13740 \f
13741 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13742 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13743 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13744 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13745 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (18310 14570))
13746 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13747
13748 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13749 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13750 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13751 or insert functions in this list.")
13752
13753 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13754
13755 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13756 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13757
13758 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13759
13760 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13761 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13762
13763 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13764
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13766 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13767
13768 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13769
13770 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13771 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13772
13773 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13774
13775 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13776 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13777 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13778
13779 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13780
13781 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13782 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13783 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13784 \(as atoms)")
13785
13786 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13787
13788 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13789 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13790 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13791 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13792 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13793
13794 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13795
13796 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13797 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13798 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13799 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13800 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13801 expansions.
13802 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13803 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13804 undoes the expansion.
13805
13806 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13807
13808 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13809 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13810 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13811 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13812
13813 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13814
13815 ;;;***
13816 \f
13817 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13818 ;;;;;; (18310 14570))
13819 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13820
13821 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13822 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13823 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13824
13825 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13826 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13827 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13828 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13829 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13830
13831 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13832 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13833 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13834 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13835
13836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13837
13838 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13839 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13840 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13841 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13842 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13843 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13844
13845 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13846
13847 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13848 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13849 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13850
13851 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13852 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13853
13854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13855
13856 ;;;***
13857 \f
13858 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13859 ;;;;;; (18593 55294))
13860 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13861
13862 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13863 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13864 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13865
13866 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13867
13868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13869
13870 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13871 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13872
13873 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13874 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13875 different list. For example,
13876
13877 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13878 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13879
13880 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13881 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13882
13883 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13884 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13885 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13886 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13887 of a holiday list.
13888
13889 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13890
13891 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13892
13893 ;;;***
13894 \f
13895 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (18310
13896 ;;;;;; 14587))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13898
13899 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13900 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13901
13902 \(fn)" t nil)
13903
13904 ;;;***
13905 \f
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13907 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13908 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13909 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13910 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13911 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13912 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13913 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13914 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13915 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13916 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13917 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13918 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13919 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13920 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13921 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13922 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13923 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13924 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13925 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13926 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13927 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13928 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (18310 14570))
13929 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13930
13931 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13932 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13933 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13934
13935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13936
13937 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13938 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13939
13940 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13941
13942 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13943 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13944
13945 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13946
13947 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13948 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13949
13950 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13951
13952 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13953 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13954
13955 \(fn)" t nil)
13956
13957 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13958 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13959
13960 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13961
13962 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13963 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13964
13965 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13966 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13967 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13968 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13969 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13970 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13971 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13972 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13973 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13974 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13975 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13976 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13977
13978 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13979 Not documented
13980
13981 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13982
13983 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13984 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13985
13986 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
13987
13988 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13989 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13990
13991 \(fn)" t nil)
13992
13993 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13994 Remove the first filter group.
13995
13996 \(fn)" t nil)
13997
13998 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13999 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14000
14001 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14002
14003 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14004 Remove all filter groups.
14005
14006 \(fn)" t nil)
14007
14008 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14010
14011 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14012
14013 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14015 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14016
14017 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14018
14019 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14020 Kill the filter group at point.
14021 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14022
14023 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14024
14025 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14026 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14027
14028 \(fn)" t nil)
14029
14030 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14031 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14032
14033 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14034
14035 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14036 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14037 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14038 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14039
14040 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14041
14042 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14043 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14044 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14045
14046 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14047
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14050 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups' is used.
14051
14052 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14053
14054 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14055 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14056
14057 \(fn)" t nil)
14058
14059 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14060 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14061
14062 \(fn)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14066
14067 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14068 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14069 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14070
14071 \(fn)" t nil)
14072
14073 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14074 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14075
14076 \(fn)" t nil)
14077
14078 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14079 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14080
14081 \(fn)" t nil)
14082
14083 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14084 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14085 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14086 filter into parts.
14087
14088 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14089
14090 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14091 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14092 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14093
14094 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14095
14096 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14097 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14098
14099 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14103
14104 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14105
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14108
14109 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14110 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14111 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14112 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14113 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14114 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14118
14119 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14120 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14121 Default sorting modes are:
14122 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14123 Name - the name of the buffer
14124 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14125 Size - the size of the buffer
14126
14127 \(fn)" t nil)
14128
14129 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14130 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14131
14132 \(fn)" t nil)
14133 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14134 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14135 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14136 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14137
14138 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14139 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14140
14141 \(fn)" t nil)
14142
14143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14145 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14146 for this Ibuffer session.
14147
14148 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14149
14150 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14152 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14153 for this Ibuffer session.
14154
14155 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14156
14157 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14158 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14159
14160 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14161 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14162
14163 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14164 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14165
14166 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14167
14168 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14170
14171 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14172 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14173
14174 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14175
14176 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14177 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14178
14179 \(fn)" t nil)
14180
14181 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14182 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14183
14184 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14185 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14186 hidden group filter, open it.
14187
14188 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14189 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14190 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14191
14192 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14193
14194 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14195 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14196 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14197
14198 \(fn)" t nil)
14199
14200 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14201 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14202
14203 The names are separated by a space.
14204 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14205
14206 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14207 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14208 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14209 to `ibuffer-default-directory' if non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14210
14211 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14212
14213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14214
14215 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14216 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14217
14218 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14219
14220 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14221 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14222
14223 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14227
14228 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14232
14233 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14234
14235 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14236 Mark all modified buffers.
14237
14238 \(fn)" t nil)
14239
14240 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14241 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14242
14243 \(fn)" t nil)
14244
14245 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14246 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14247
14248 \(fn)" t nil)
14249
14250 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14251 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14252
14253 \(fn)" t nil)
14254
14255 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14256 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14257
14258 \(fn)" t nil)
14259
14260 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14261 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' hours.
14262
14263 \(fn)" t nil)
14264
14265 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14266 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14267
14268 \(fn)" t nil)
14269
14270 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14271 Mark all read-only buffers.
14272
14273 \(fn)" t nil)
14274
14275 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14276 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14277
14278 \(fn)" t nil)
14279
14280 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14281 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14282 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14283 defaults to one.
14284
14285 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14286
14287 ;;;***
14288 \f
14289 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14290 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (18310
14291 ;;;;;; 14570))
14292 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14293
14294 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14295 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14296
14297 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14298 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14299 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14300
14301 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14302 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14303 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14304 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14305 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14306 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14307
14308 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14309 title of the column.
14310
14311 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14312 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14313 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14314 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14315 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14316
14317 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14318
14319 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14320 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14321 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14322 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14323 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14324
14325 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14326 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14327 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14328
14329 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14330
14331 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14332 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14333 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14334 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14335 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14336 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14337
14338 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14339 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14340 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14341 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14342 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14343 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14344 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14345 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14346 values are:
14347 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14348 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14349 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14350 buffer's modification flag.
14351 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14352 prompted before performing this operation.
14353 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14354 operation is complete, in the form:
14355 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14356 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14357 confirmation message, in the form:
14358 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14359 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14360 macro for exactly what it does.
14361
14362 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14363
14364 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14365 Define a filter named NAME.
14366 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14367 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14368 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14369
14370 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14371 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14372 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14373 bound to the current value of the filter.
14374
14375 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14376
14377 ;;;***
14378 \f
14379 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14380 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (18310 14571))
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14382
14383 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14384 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14385 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14386 buffers which are visiting a file.
14387
14388 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14389
14390 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14391 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14392 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14393 buffers which are visiting a file.
14394
14395 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14396
14397 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14398 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14399 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14400
14401 All arguments are optional.
14402 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14403 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14404 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14405 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14406 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14407 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14408 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14409 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14410 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14411 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14412 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14413 that value locally in this buffer.
14414
14415 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14416
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14420 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14421 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (18326 18335))
14422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14423
14424 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14425 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14426 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14427 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14428
14429 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14430
14431 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14432 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14433 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14434 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14435 ICAL-FILENAME.
14436 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14437 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14438 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14439
14440 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14441
14442 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14443 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14444 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14445 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14446 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14447 non-marking or not.
14448
14449 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14450
14451 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14452 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14453
14454 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14455 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14456 DIARY-FILE.
14457
14458 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14459 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14460 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14461
14462 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14463 non-marking.
14464
14465 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14466 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14467 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14468
14469 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14470
14471 ;;;***
14472 \f
14473 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (18612
14474 ;;;;;; 9509))
14475 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14476
14477 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14478 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14479 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14480 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14481 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14482 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14483
14484 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14485
14486 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14487 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14488 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on if ARG is positive,
14489 otherwise turn it off.
14490
14491 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14492
14493 ;;;***
14494 \f
14495 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (18310 14600))
14496 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14497
14498 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14499 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14500 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14501 Tab indents for Icon code.
14502 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14503 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14504 \\{icon-mode-map}
14505 Variables controlling indentation style:
14506 icon-tab-always-indent
14507 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14508 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14509 icon-auto-newline
14510 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14511 inserted in Icon code.
14512 icon-indent-level
14513 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14514 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14515 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14516 icon-continued-statement-offset
14517 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14518 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14519 icon-continued-brace-offset
14520 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14521 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14522 icon-brace-offset
14523 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14524 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14525 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14526 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14527
14528 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14529 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14530
14531 \(fn)" t nil)
14532
14533 ;;;***
14534 \f
14535 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14536 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14538
14539 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14540 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14541 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14542 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14543
14544 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14545 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14546 separate frames.
14547
14548 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14549 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14550
14551 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14552 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14553 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14554
14555 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14556
14557 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14558
14559 ;;;***
14560 \f
14561 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14562 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14564
14565 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14566 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14567
14568 The main features of this mode are
14569
14570 1. Indentation and Formatting
14571 --------------------------
14572 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14573 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14574
14575 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14576 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14577 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14578 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14579
14580 Comments are indented as follows:
14581
14582 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14583 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14584 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14585
14586 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14587
14588 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14589 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14590 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14592 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14593 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14594
14595 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14596 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14597 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14598 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14599
14600 2. Routine Info
14601 ------------
14602 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14603 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14604 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14605 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14606 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14607 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14608 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14609 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14610 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14611 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14612
14613 3. Online IDL Help
14614 ---------------
14615
14616 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14617 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14618 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14619 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14620
14621 4. Completion
14622 ----------
14623 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14624 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14625 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14626 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14627 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14628 upper case.
14629
14630 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14631 --------------------------------
14632 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14633 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14634
14635 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14636 \\fu FUNCTION template
14637 \\c CASE statement template
14638 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14639 \\f FOR loop template
14640 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14641 \\w WHILE loop template
14642 \\i IF statement template
14643 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14644 \\b BEGIN
14645
14646 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14647 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14648
14649 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14650 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14651 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14652 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14653
14654 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14655 -------------------------
14656 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14657 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14658
14659 7. Automatic END completion
14660 ------------------------
14661 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14662 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14663
14664 8. Hooks
14665 -----
14666 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14667 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14668
14669 9. Documentation and Customization
14670 -------------------------------
14671 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14672 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14673 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14674 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14675 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14676
14677 10.Keybindings
14678 -----------
14679 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14680 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14681 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14682
14683 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14684
14685 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14687
14688 ;;;***
14689 \f
14690 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14691 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14692 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14693 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14694 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14695 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14696 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14697 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (18310
14698 ;;;;;; 14571))
14699 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14700
14701 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14702 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14703 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14704 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14705 displaying...)
14706 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14707 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14708 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14709
14710 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14711 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14712
14713 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14714
14715 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14716 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14717 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14718 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14719 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14720 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14721 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14722 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14723 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14724
14725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14726
14727 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14728 Switch to another buffer.
14729 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14730 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14731 in another frame.
14732
14733 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14734 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14735 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14736 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14737 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14738
14739 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14740 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14741
14742 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14743 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14744
14745 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14746 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14747 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14748 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14749 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14750 in a separate window.
14751 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14752 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14754 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14755 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14756 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14757 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14758 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14759 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14760
14761 \(fn)" t nil)
14762
14763 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14764 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14765 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14766 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14767
14768 \(fn)" t nil)
14769
14770 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14771 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14772 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14773 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14774
14775 \(fn)" t nil)
14776
14777 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14778 Kill a buffer.
14779 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14780 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14781
14782 \(fn)" t nil)
14783
14784 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14785 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14786 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14787 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14788
14789 \(fn)" t nil)
14790
14791 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14792 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14793 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14794 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14795
14796 \(fn)" t nil)
14797
14798 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14799 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14800
14801 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14802
14803 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14804 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14805 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14806 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14807 visible in another frame.
14808
14809 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14810 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14811 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14812 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14813 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14814 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14815
14816 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14817 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14818
14819 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14820 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14821
14822 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14823 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14824 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14825 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14826 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14827 in a separate window.
14828 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14829 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14830 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14831 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14832 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14833 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14834 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14835 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14836 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14837 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14838 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14839 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14840 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14841 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14842 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14847 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14848 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14849 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14850
14851 \(fn)" t nil)
14852
14853 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14854 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14855 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14856 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14857
14858 \(fn)" t nil)
14859
14860 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14861 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14862 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14863 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14864
14865 \(fn)" t nil)
14866
14867 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14868 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14869 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14870 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14871
14872 \(fn)" t nil)
14873
14874 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14875 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14876 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14877 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14878
14879 \(fn)" t nil)
14880
14881 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14882 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14883 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14884 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14885
14886 \(fn)" t nil)
14887
14888 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14889 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14890 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14891 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14892
14893 \(fn)" t nil)
14894
14895 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14896 Write current buffer to a file.
14897 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14898 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14899
14900 \(fn)" t nil)
14901
14902 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14903 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14904 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14905 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14906
14907 \(fn)" t nil)
14908
14909 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14910 Call `dired' the ido way.
14911 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14912 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14913
14914 \(fn)" t nil)
14915
14916 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14917 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14918 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14919 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14920 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14921 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14922
14923 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14924
14925 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14926 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14927 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14928 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14929
14930 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14931
14932 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14933 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14934 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14935 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14936
14937 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14938
14939 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14940 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14941 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14942 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14943 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14944 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14945 with `completing-read'.
14946 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14947 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14948 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14949 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14950 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14951 with point positioned at the end.
14952 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14953 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14954
14955 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14956
14957 ;;;***
14958 \f
14959 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (18310 14571))
14960 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14961 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14962
14963 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14964 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14965 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14966
14967 \(fn)" t nil)
14968
14969 ;;;***
14970 \f
14971 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14972 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
14973 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14974
14975 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14976 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14977
14978 \(fn)" t nil)
14979
14980 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14981 Toggle inline image minor mode.
14982
14983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14984
14985 ;;;***
14986 \f
14987 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14988 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14989 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14990 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14991 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (18323 58980))
14992 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14993
14994 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14995 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14996 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14997 be determined.
14998
14999 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15000
15001 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15002 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15003 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15004 be determined.
15005
15006 \(fn)" nil nil)
15007
15008 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15009 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15010 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15011 be determined.
15012
15013 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15014
15015 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15016 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15017 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15018 be determined.
15019
15020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15021
15022 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15023 Determine and return image type.
15024 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15025 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15026 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15027 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15028 use its file extension as image type.
15029 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15030
15031 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15032
15033 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15034 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15035 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15036
15037 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15038
15039 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15040 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15041 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15042
15043 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15044 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15045 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable'.
15046
15047 \(fn)" nil nil)
15048
15049 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15050 Create an image.
15051 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15052 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15053 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15054 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15055 use its file extension as image type.
15056 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15057 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15058 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15059 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15060
15061 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15062
15063 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15064
15065 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15066 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15067 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15068 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15069 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15070 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15071 POS may be an integer or marker.
15072 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15073 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15074 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15075 means display it in the right marginal area.
15076
15077 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15078
15079 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15080 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15081 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15082 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15083 defaulted if you omit it.
15084 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15085 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15086 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15087 means display it in the right marginal area.
15088 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15089 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15090 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15091 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15092 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15093
15094 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15095
15096 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15097 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15098 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15099 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15100 defaulted if you omit it.
15101 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15102 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15103 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15104 means display it in the right marginal area.
15105 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15106
15107 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15108
15109 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15110 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15111 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15112 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15113
15114 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15115
15116 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15117 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15118
15119 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15120
15121 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15122 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15123 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15124 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15125 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15126 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15127 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15128 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15129 satisfied.
15130
15131 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15132
15133 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15134
15135 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15136
15137 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15138 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15139
15140 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15141 documentation string.
15142
15143 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15144 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15145 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15146 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15147 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15148 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15149 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15150 define SYMBOL.
15151
15152 Example:
15153
15154 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15155 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15156
15157 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15158
15159 ;;;***
15160 \f
15161 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15162 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15163 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15164 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15165 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15166 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15167 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15168 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (18310 14571))
15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15170
15171 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15172 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15173
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15177 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15178
15179 Convenience command that:
15180
15181 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15182 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15183 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15184
15185 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15186 image files in dired and type
15187 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15188
15189 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15190
15191 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15192 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15193
15194 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15197 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15198 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15199 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15200 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15201 another one).
15202
15203 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15204 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15205 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15206
15207 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15208 instead of erasing it first.
15209
15210 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15211 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15212 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15213 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15214 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15215 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15216
15217 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15218
15219 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15220 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15221 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15222 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15223 displayed.
15224
15225 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15226
15227 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15228
15229 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15230
15231 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15232 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15233
15234 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15235
15236 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15237 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15238 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15239
15240 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15241
15242 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15243 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15244
15245 \(fn)" t nil)
15246
15247 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15248 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15249 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15250 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15251
15252 \(fn)" t nil)
15253
15254 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15255 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15256
15257 \(fn)" t nil)
15258
15259 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15260 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15261
15262 \(fn)" t nil)
15263
15264 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15265 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15266
15267 \(fn)" t nil)
15268
15269 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15270 Display current image file.
15271 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15272 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15273
15274 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15277 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15278
15279 \(fn)" t nil)
15280
15281 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15282 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15283 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15284 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15285 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15286 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15287 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15288
15289 \(fn)" t nil)
15290
15291 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15292 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15293 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15294 easy-to-use form.
15295
15296 \(fn)" t nil)
15297
15298 ;;;***
15299 \f
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15301 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15302 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (18310 14571))
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15304
15305 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15306 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15307 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15308 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15309
15310 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15311 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15312 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15313 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15314
15315 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15316
15317 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15318 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15319 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15320 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15321
15322 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15323 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15324 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15325 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15326
15327 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15328
15329 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15330 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15331
15332 \(fn)" nil nil)
15333
15334 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15335 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15336 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15337 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15338
15339 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15340
15341 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15342 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15343 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15346 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15347
15348 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15349
15350 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15351 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15352 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15353 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15354
15355 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15356 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15357 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15358
15359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15360
15361 ;;;***
15362 \f
15363 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15364 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (18615 34896))
15365 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15366 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15367 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15368 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15369 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15370 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15371 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15372
15373 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15374 Major mode for image files.
15375 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15376 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15377
15378 \(fn)" t nil)
15379
15380 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15381 Toggle Image minor mode.
15382 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15383 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15384
15385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15386
15387 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15388 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15389 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15390 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15391 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15392 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15393
15394 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15395 information on these modes.
15396
15397 \(fn)" t nil)
15398
15399 ;;;***
15400 \f
15401 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15402 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (18310 14571))
15403 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15404
15405 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15406 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15407
15408 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15409
15410 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15411 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15412 in the buffer.
15413
15414 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15415
15416 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15417 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15418 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15419
15420 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15421
15422 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15423 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15424
15425 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15426 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15427 pattern's structure.
15428
15429 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15430 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15431 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15432 during matching.")
15433
15434 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15435
15436 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15437 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15438
15439 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15440 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15441 called within a `save-excursion'.
15442
15443 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15444
15445 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15446
15447 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15448 Function for finding the next index position.
15449
15450 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15451 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15452 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15453 file.
15454
15455 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15456 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15457
15458 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15459
15460 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15461 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15462
15463 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15464 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15465 It should return the name for that index item.")
15466
15467 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15468
15469 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15470 Function to compare string with index item.
15471
15472 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15473 non-nil if they match.
15474
15475 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15476 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15477 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15478 arguments match\".")
15479
15480 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15481
15482 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15483 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15484 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15485
15486 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15487
15488 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15489
15490 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15491
15492 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15493 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15494 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15495 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15496
15497 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15498
15499 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15500 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15501
15502 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15503
15504 \(fn)" t nil)
15505
15506 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15507 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15508 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15509 for more information.
15510
15511 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15512
15513 ;;;***
15514 \f
15515 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15516 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15517 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (18310 14591))
15518 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15519
15520 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15521 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15522
15523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15524
15525 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15526 Not documented
15527
15528 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15529
15530 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15531 Not documented
15532
15533 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15534
15535 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15536 Not documented
15537
15538 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15539
15540 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15541 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15542 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15543 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15544 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15545
15546 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15547
15548 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15549 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15550 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15551 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15552 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15553
15554 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15555
15556 ;;;***
15557 \f
15558 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15559 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15560 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (18310 14600))
15561 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15562
15563 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15564 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15565 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15566 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15567 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15568
15569 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15570
15571 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15572 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15573
15574 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15575
15576 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15577 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15578 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15579 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15580 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15581 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15582 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15583 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15584
15585 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15586
15587 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15588 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15589 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15590 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15591 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15592
15593 This variable is only used if the variable
15594 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15595
15596 More precise choices:
15597 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15598 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15599 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15600
15601 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15602
15603 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15604
15605 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15606 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15607
15608 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15609 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15610 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15611 to that buffer.
15612 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15613 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15614 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15615 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15616
15617 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15618 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15619
15620 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15621
15622 ;;;***
15623 \f
15624 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15625 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15626 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15627 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18409 53521))
15628 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15629
15630 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15631 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15632
15633 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15635 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15636
15637 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15638 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15639 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15640 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15641 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15642 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15643 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15644 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15645 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15646 with the top-level Info directory.
15647
15648 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15649 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15650 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15651 appended to the Info buffer name.
15652
15653 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15654 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15655 in all the directories in that path.
15656
15657 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15658
15659 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15660 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15661
15662 \(fn)" t nil)
15663
15664 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15665 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15666 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15667 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15668
15669 \(fn)" nil nil)
15670
15671 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15672 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15673 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15674 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15675
15676 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15677
15678 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15679 Go to the Info directory node.
15680
15681 \(fn)" t nil)
15682
15683 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15684 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15685 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15686 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15687 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15688 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15689
15690 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15691
15692 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15693 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15694 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15695
15696 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15697
15698 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15699 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15700 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15701 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15702 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15703
15704 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15705 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15706
15707 Selecting other nodes:
15708 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15709 Follow a node reference you click on.
15710 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15711 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15712 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15713 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15714 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15715 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15716 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15717 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15718 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15719 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15720 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15721 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15722 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15723 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15724 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15725 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15726 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15727 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15728 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15729 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15730
15731 Moving within a node:
15732 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15733 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15734 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15735 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15736 move up to the parent node.
15737 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15738 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15739 if there is none.
15740 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15741
15742 Advanced commands:
15743 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15744 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15745 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15746 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15747 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15748 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15749 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15750 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15751 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15752 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15753 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15754 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15755 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15756 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15757 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15758 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15759
15760 \(fn)" nil nil)
15761 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15762
15763 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15764 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15765 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15766 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15767 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15768 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15769
15770 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15771 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15772
15773 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15774 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15775 KEY is a string.
15776 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15777 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15778 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15779 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15780
15781 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15782
15783 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15784 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15785 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15786
15787 \(fn)" t nil)
15788
15789 ;;;***
15790 \f
15791 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15792 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15793 ;;;;;; (18310 14571))
15794 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15795
15796 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15797 Throw away all cached data.
15798 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15799 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15800 system.
15801
15802 \(fn)" t nil)
15803 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15804
15805 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15806 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15807 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15808 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15809 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15810 one found at point.
15811
15812 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15813
15814 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15815 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15816
15817 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15818 Display the documentation of a file.
15819 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15820 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15821 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15822 The default file name is the one found at point.
15823
15824 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15825
15826 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15827
15828 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15829 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15830
15831 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15832
15833 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15834 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15835
15836 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15837
15838 ;;;***
15839 \f
15840 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15841 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (18310 14571))
15842 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15843
15844 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15845 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15846
15847 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15848
15849 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15850 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15851 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15852
15853 \(fn)" t nil)
15854
15855 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15856 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15857 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15858
15859 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15860 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15861 quite a while.
15862
15863 \(fn)" t nil)
15864
15865 ;;;***
15866 \f
15867 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15868 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (18310 14572))
15869 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15870
15871 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15872 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15873
15874 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15875
15876 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15877 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15878 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15879
15880 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15881 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15882 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15883
15884 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15885 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15886 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15887 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15888
15889 \(fn)" t nil)
15890
15891 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15892 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15893 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15894
15895 \(fn)" t nil)
15896
15897 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15898 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15899 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15900 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15901 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15902
15903 \(fn)" nil nil)
15904
15905 ;;;***
15906 \f
15907 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15908 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15909 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
15910 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15911
15912 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15913 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15914
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15916
15917 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15918 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15919
15920 \(fn)" t nil)
15921
15922 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15923 Not documented
15924
15925 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15926
15927 ;;;***
15928 \f
15929 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (18310
15930 ;;;;;; 14572))
15931 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15932
15933 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15934 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15935 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15936 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15937 accessed via isearchb.
15938
15939 \(fn)" t nil)
15940
15941 ;;;***
15942 \f
15943 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15944 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15945 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15946 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (18310 14589))
15947 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15948
15949 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15950 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15951 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15952 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15953 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15954
15955 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15956
15957 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15958 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15959 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15960 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15961 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15962
15963 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15964
15965 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15966 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15967 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15968 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15969 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15970
15971 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15972
15973 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15983 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16007 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16008 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16009
16010 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16011
16012 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16013 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16014 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16015 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16016
16017 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16018
16019 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16020 Warn that format is read-only.
16021
16022 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16023
16024 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16025 Warn that format is write-only.
16026
16027 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16031
16032 \(fn)" t nil)
16033
16034 ;;;***
16035 \f
16036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16037 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16038 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16039 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16040 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16041 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16042
16043 ;;;***
16044 \f
16045 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16046 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16047 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16048 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16049 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16050 ;;;;;; (18368 9298))
16051 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16052 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16053
16054 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16055 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16056 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16057 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16058
16059 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16060 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16061
16062 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16063 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16064 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16065
16066 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16067 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16068 re-start Emacs.")
16069
16070 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16071
16072 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16073
16074 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16075
16076 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16077
16078 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16079
16080 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16081
16082 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16085 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16086
16087 Each element of this list is also a list:
16088
16089 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16090 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16091
16092 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16093 nil means the default dictionary.
16094
16095 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16096
16097 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16098
16099 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16100 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16101 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16102 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16103 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16104 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16105 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16106 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16107 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16108
16109 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16110 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16111 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16112 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16113 for non-ASCII bytes.
16114
16115 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16116 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16117 single word.
16118
16119 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16120 subprocess.
16121
16122 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16123 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16124 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16125 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16126 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16127 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16128 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16129 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16130
16131 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16132
16133 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16134 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16135 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16136
16137 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16138 Key map for ispell menu.")
16139
16140 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16141 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16142 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16143 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16144
16145 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16146
16147 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16148
16149 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16150
16151 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16152
16153 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16154 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16155 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16156 Valid forms include:
16157 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16158 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16159 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16160 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16161
16162 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16163 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16164 First list is used raw.
16165 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16166
16167 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16168 for skipping in latex mode.")
16169
16170 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16171 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16172 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16173 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16174 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16175 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16176 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16177
16178 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16179 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16180 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16181 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16182
16183 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16184 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16185 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16186 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16187 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16188
16189 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16190 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16191
16192 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16193 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16194
16195 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16196 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16197
16198 Return values:
16199 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16200 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16201 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16202 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16203 quit spell session exited.
16204
16205 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16206
16207 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16208 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16209 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16210
16211 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16212
16213 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16214 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16215
16216 Selections are:
16217
16218 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16219 SPC: Accept word this time.
16220 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16221 `a': Accept word for this session.
16222 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16223 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16224 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16225 `?': Show these commands.
16226 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16227 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16228 the aborted check to be completed later.
16229 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16230 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16231 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16232 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16233 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16234 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16235 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16236
16237 \(fn)" nil nil)
16238
16239 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16240 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16241 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16242
16243 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16244
16245 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16246 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16247 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16248 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16249
16250 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16251
16252 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16253
16254 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16255 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16256 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16257 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16258
16259 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16260
16261 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16262 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16263
16264 \(fn)" t nil)
16265
16266 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16267 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16268
16269 \(fn)" t nil)
16270
16271 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16272 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16273
16274 \(fn)" t nil)
16275
16276 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16277 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16278 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16279 sequence inside of a word.
16280
16281 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16282
16283 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16284
16285 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16286 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16287
16288 \(fn)" t nil)
16289
16290 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16291 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16292 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16293 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16294
16295 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16296 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16297 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16298 available on the net.
16299
16300 \(fn)" t nil)
16301
16302 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16303 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16304 With prefix argument ARG, turn Ispell minor mode on if ARG is positive,
16305 otherwise turn it off.
16306
16307 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16308 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16309
16310 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16311 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16312
16313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16314
16315 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16316 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16317 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16318 Don't check included messages.
16319
16320 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16321 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16322 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16323
16324 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16325 in your .emacs file:
16326 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16327 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16328 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16329 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16330
16331 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16332 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16333 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16334
16335 \(fn)" t nil)
16336
16337 ;;;***
16338 \f
16339 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (18385
16340 ;;;;;; 29912))
16341 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16342
16343 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16344 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16345 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16346 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16347 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16348 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16349
16350 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16351
16352 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16353 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16354 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
16355 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16356 `iswitchb' for details.
16357
16358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16359
16360 ;;;***
16361 \f
16362 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16363 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16364 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16365 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (18310 14591))
16366 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16367
16368 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16369 Not documented
16370
16371 \(fn)" nil nil)
16372
16373 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16374 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16375 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16376 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16377 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16378 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16379 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16380 necessary to represent OBJ.
16381
16382 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16383
16384 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16386 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16387 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16388
16389 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16390
16391 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16392 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16393 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16394 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16395 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16396
16397 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16398
16399 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16400 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16401 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16402 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16403
16404 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16405
16406 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16407 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16408 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16409 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16410
16411 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16412
16413 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16414 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16415
16416 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16417
16418 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16419 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16420 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16421 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16422 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16423
16424 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16425
16426 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16427 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16428 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16429 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16430 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16431
16432 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16433
16434 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16435 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16436 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16437
16438 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16439
16440 ;;;***
16441 \f
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16443 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (18310 14572))
16444 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16445
16446 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16447 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16448 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16449 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16450
16451 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16452 Not documented
16453
16454 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16455
16456 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16457 Uninstall jka-compr.
16458 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16459 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16460 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16461
16462 \(fn)" nil nil)
16463
16464 ;;;***
16465 \f
16466 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16467 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16468 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
16469 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16470
16471 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16472 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16473 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16474 decimal key must be specified.")
16475
16476 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16477
16478 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16479 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16480 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16481 decimal key must be specified.")
16482
16483 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16484
16485 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16486 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16487 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16488 decimal key must be specified.")
16489
16490 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16491
16492 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16493 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16494 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16495 decimal key must be specified.")
16496
16497 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16498
16499 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16500 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16501 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16502 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16503 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16504 keys are bound.
16505
16506 Setup Binding
16507 -------------------------------------------------------------
16508 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16509 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16510 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16511 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16512 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16513 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16514 in the global and local keymaps.
16515
16516 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16517 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16518
16519 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16520
16521 ;;;***
16522 \f
16523 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16524 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
16525 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16526
16527 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16528 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16529 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16530
16531 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16532 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16533 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16534 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16535 shorter.
16536
16537 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16538 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16539 the context of text formatting.
16540
16541 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16542
16543 ;;;***
16544 \f
16545 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (18310
16546 ;;;;;; 14589))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16548
16549 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16550 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16551 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16552 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16553 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16554 positions that contains the current selection.")
16555
16556 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16557 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16558 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16559 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16560 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16561 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16562 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16563
16564 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16565
16566 ;;;***
16567 \f
16568 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16569 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16570 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16571 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (18584 56069))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16573 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16574 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16575 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16576 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16577 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16578 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16580
16581 (autoload (quote kmacro-exec-ring-item) "kmacro" "\
16582 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16583
16584 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16585
16586 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16587 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16588 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16589 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16590 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16591
16592 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16593
16594 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16595 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16596 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16597
16598 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16599 defining the macro.
16600
16601 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16602 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16603 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16604
16605 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16606 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16607
16608 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16609
16610 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16611 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16612 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16613 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16614 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16615 under that name.
16616
16617 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16618 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16619 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16620
16621 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16622
16623 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16624 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16625 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16626
16627 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16628 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16629 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16630 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16631
16632 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16633 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16634
16635 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16636
16637 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16638 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16639 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16640
16641 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16642 macro.
16643
16644 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16645 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16646
16647 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16648 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16649 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16650
16651 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16652 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16653
16654 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16655
16656 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16657 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16658 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16659 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16660
16661 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16662
16663 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16664 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16665 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16666 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16667
16668 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16669 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16670
16671 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16672
16673 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16674 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16675 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16676
16677 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16678
16679 ;;;***
16680 \f
16681 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16682 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16683 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
16684 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16685
16686 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16687
16688 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16689 Not documented
16690
16691 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16692
16693 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16694 Not documented
16695
16696 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16697
16698 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16699 Not documented
16700
16701 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16702
16703 ;;;***
16704 \f
16705 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16706 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (18310 14591))
16707 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16708
16709 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16710 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16711 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16712
16713 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16714 Not documented
16715
16716 \(fn)" nil nil)
16717
16718 ;;;***
16719 \f
16720 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16721 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
16722 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16723
16724 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16725
16726 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16727 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16728
16729 \(fn)" t nil)
16730
16731 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16732
16733 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16734 Start or resume an Lm game.
16735 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16736 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16737
16738 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16739 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16740 none / 1 | yes | no
16741 2 | yes | yes
16742 3 | no | yes
16743 4 | no | no
16744
16745 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16746 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16747 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16748
16749 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16750
16751 ;;;***
16752 \f
16753 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16754 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16755 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (18310
16756 ;;;;;; 14591))
16757 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16758
16759 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16760 Not documented
16761
16762 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16763
16764 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16765 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16766 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16767 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16768 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16769 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16770
16771 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16772 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16773
16774 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16775
16776 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16777 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16778
16779 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16780
16781 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16782 Not documented
16783
16784 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16785
16786 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16787 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16788 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16789 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16790 to compose.
16791
16792 The return value is number of composed characters.
16793
16794 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16795
16796 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16797 Not documented
16798
16799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16800
16801 ;;;***
16802 \f
16803 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16804 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16805 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (18310 14589))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16807
16808 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16809 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16810 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16811 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16812
16813 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16814
16815 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16816 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16817 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16818
16819 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16820
16821 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16822 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16823 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16824
16825 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16826
16827 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16828 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16829 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16830 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16831
16832 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16833
16834 ;;;***
16835 \f
16836 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16837 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (18310 14590))
16838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16839
16840 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16841 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16842 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16843 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16844 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16845 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16846 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16847 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16848
16849 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16850 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16851
16852 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16853 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16854
16855 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16856
16857 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16858 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16859 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16860 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16861 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16862 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16863 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16864 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16865
16866 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16867
16868 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16869 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16870 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16871 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16872
16873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16874 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16875
16876 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16877
16878 ;;;***
16879 \f
16880 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16881 ;;;;;; (18310 14600))
16882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16883
16884 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16885
16886 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16887
16888 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16889 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16890
16891 \(fn)" t nil)
16892
16893 ;;;***
16894 \f
16895 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16896 ;;;;;; (18310 14572))
16897 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16898
16899 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16900 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16901
16902 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16903 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16904
16905 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16906 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16907
16908 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16909 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16910 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16911 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
16912 for later transmission to Lisp job.
16913 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16914 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16915 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16916 and transmit saved text.
16917
16918 \\{ledit-mode-map}
16919 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16920 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16921
16922 \(fn)" t nil)
16923
16924 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16925 Not documented
16926
16927 \(fn)" nil nil)
16928
16929 ;;;***
16930 \f
16931 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (18310 14597))
16932 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16933
16934 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16935 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16936 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16937 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16938 generations (this defaults to 1).
16939
16940 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16941
16942 ;;;***
16943 \f
16944 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (18310
16945 ;;;;;; 14572))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16947
16948 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16949 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16950 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16951 is nil, raise an error.
16952
16953 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16954 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16955 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16956 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16957 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16958 defined by the library.
16959
16960 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16961 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16962 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16963 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16964 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16965 proceeds.
16966
16967 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16968 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16969 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16970 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16971
16972 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16973
16974 ;;;***
16975 \f
16976 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16977 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (18310 14572))
16978 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16979
16980 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16981 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16982 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16983
16984 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16985
16986 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16987 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16988 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16989 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16990
16991 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16992 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16993 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16994 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16995 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16996 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16997 the version.)
16998
16999 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17000 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17001
17002 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17003 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17004
17005 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17006
17007 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17008
17009 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17010 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17011 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17012 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17013 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17014 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17015 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17016 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17017 to constrain a big search.
17018
17019 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17020
17021 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17022 except that FILTER is not optional.
17023
17024 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17025
17026 ;;;***
17027 \f
17028 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18310 14573))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17030
17031 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17032 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17033 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17034 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17035 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17036 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17037 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17038 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17039 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17040 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17041 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17042 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17043 uses the current buffer.
17044
17045 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17046
17047 ;;;***
17048 \f
17049 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (18310
17050 ;;;;;; 14573))
17051 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17052
17053 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17054 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17055
17056 \(fn)" t nil)
17057
17058 ;;;***
17059 \f
17060 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18310
17061 ;;;;;; 14573))
17062 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17063
17064 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17065 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17066 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17067 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17068 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17069
17070 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17071 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17072 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17073
17074 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17075 are indicated with a symbol.
17076
17077 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17078
17079 ;;;***
17080 \f
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17082 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (18330
17083 ;;;;;; 34098))
17084 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17085
17086 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17087
17088 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17089
17090 (defvar printer-name (and (memq system-type (quote (emx ms-dos))) "PRN") "\
17091 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17092 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17093
17094 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17095 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17096
17097 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17098 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17099 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17100 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17101 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17102 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17103 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17104
17105 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17106
17107 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17108 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17109 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17110 switch on this list.
17111 See `lpr-command'.")
17112
17113 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17114
17115 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17116 *Name of program for printing a file.
17117
17118 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17119 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17120 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17121 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17122 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17123 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17124 argument.")
17125
17126 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17127
17128 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17129 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17130 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17131 for customization of the printer command.
17132
17133 \(fn)" t nil)
17134
17135 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17136 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17137
17138 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17139 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17140 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17141 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17142
17143 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17144 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17145
17146 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17147 for further customization of the printer command.
17148
17149 \(fn)" t nil)
17150
17151 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17152 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17153 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17154 for customization of the printer command.
17155
17156 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17157
17158 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17159 Paginate and print the region contents.
17160
17161 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17162 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17163 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17164 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17165
17166 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17167 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17168
17169 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17170 for further customization of the printer command.
17171
17172 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17173
17174 ;;;***
17175 \f
17176 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17177 ;;;;;; (18310 14573))
17178 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17179
17180 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17181 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17182 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17183
17184 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17185
17186 ;;;***
17187 \f
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (18310
17189 ;;;;;; 14580))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17191
17192 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17193 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17194 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17195
17196 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17197
17198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17199
17200 ;;;***
17201 \f
17202 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (18310
17203 ;;;;;; 14600))
17204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17205
17206 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17207 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17208 \\{m4-mode-map}
17209
17210 \(fn)" t nil)
17211
17212 ;;;***
17213 \f
17214 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17215 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
17216 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17217
17218 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17219 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17220 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17221 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17222 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17223
17224 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17225
17226 ;;;***
17227 \f
17228 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17229 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (18310 14573))
17230 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17231
17232 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17233 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17234 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17235 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17236 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17237
17238 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17239
17240 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17241 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17242 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17243 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17244
17245 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17246 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17247 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17248 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17249 bindings.
17250
17251 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17252 use this command, and then save the file.
17253
17254 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17255
17256 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17257 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17258 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17259 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17260 each time the macro executes.
17261 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17262 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17263 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17264 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17265 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17266 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17267 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17268
17269 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17270
17271 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17272 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17273 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17274 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17275
17276 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17277 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17278 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17279 execute.
17280
17281 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17282 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17283
17284 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17285 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17286 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17287 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17288 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17289
17290 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17291 looked like this:
17292
17293 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17294 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17295 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17296
17297 You could enter the names in this format:
17298
17299 foo
17300 bar
17301 baz
17302
17303 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17304
17305 \\C-x (
17306 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17307 \\C-x )
17308
17309 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17310 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17311
17312 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17313 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17314
17315 ;;;***
17316 \f
17317 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17318 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (18368 9296))
17319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17320
17321 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17322 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17323 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17324 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17325 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17326 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17327
17328 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17329 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17330 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17331 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17332 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17333
17334 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17335 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17336 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17337 consing a string.)
17338
17339 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17340
17341 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17342 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17343
17344 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17345
17346 ;;;***
17347 \f
17348 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17349 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17350 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17351 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17352
17353 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17354 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17355
17356 \(fn)" nil nil)
17357
17358 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17359 Not documented
17360
17361 \(fn)" nil nil)
17362
17363 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17364 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17365
17366 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17367
17368 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17369 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17370 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17371 message.
17372
17373 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17374
17375 \(fn)" nil nil)
17376
17377 ;;;***
17378 \f
17379 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17380 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17381 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (18310
17382 ;;;;;; 14591))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17384
17385 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17386 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17387 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17388 often correct parser.")
17389
17390 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17391
17392 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17393 Not documented
17394
17395 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17396
17397 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17398 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17399 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17400 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17401
17402 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17403
17404 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17405 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17406 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17407 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17408
17409 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17410
17411 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17412 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17413 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17414 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17415 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17416 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17417 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17418 as Rmail does.
17419
17420 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17421
17422 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17423 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17424 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17425 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17426 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17427 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17428
17429 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17430
17431 ;;;***
17432 \f
17433 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17434 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (18310 14591))
17435 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17436
17437 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17438 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17439
17440 \(fn)" nil nil)
17441
17442 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17443 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17444 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17445
17446 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17447
17448 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17449 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17450 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17451
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17453
17454 ;;;***
17455 \f
17456 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17457 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (18310
17458 ;;;;;; 14591))
17459 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17460
17461 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17462 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17463 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17464 king@grassland.com
17465 If `parens', they look like:
17466 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17467 If `angles', they look like:
17468 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17469
17470 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17471
17472 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17473 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17474 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17475 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17476 their `Resent-' variants.
17477
17478 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17479 removed from alias expansions.
17480
17481 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17482
17483 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17484 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17485 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17486
17487 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17488 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17489 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17490 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17491
17492 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17493
17494 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17495 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17496 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17497 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17498
17499 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17500
17501 ;;;***
17502 \f
17503 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17504 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
17505 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17506
17507 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17508 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17509 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17510 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17511
17512 \(fn)" nil nil)
17513
17514 ;;;***
17515 \f
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17517 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17518 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (18432 19261))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17520
17521 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17522 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17523
17524 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17525 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17526 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17527 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17528 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17529 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17530
17531 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17532 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17533 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17534 dependency, despite the colon.
17535
17536 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17537
17538 In the browser, use the following keys:
17539
17540 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17541
17542 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17543
17544 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17545 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17546
17547 `makefile-target-colon':
17548 The string that gets appended to all target names
17549 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17550 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17551
17552 `makefile-macro-assign':
17553 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17554 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17555 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17556 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17557 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17558 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17559
17560 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17561 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17562 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17563
17564 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17565 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17566
17567 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17568 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17569 up or down in the browser.
17570
17571 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17572 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17573
17574 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17575 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17576
17577 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17578 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17579 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17580 has been selected in the browser.
17581
17582 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17583 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17584 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17585 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17586 filenames are omitted.
17587
17588 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17589 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17590 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17591 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17592 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17593 the backslash itself intact.
17594 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17595 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17596
17597 `makefile-browser-hook':
17598 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17599 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17600
17601 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17602 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17603 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17604 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17605
17606 \(fn)" t nil)
17607
17608 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17609 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17610
17611 \(fn)" t nil)
17612
17613 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17614 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17615
17616 \(fn)" t nil)
17617
17618 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17619 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17620
17621 \(fn)" t nil)
17622
17623 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17624 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17625
17626 \(fn)" t nil)
17627
17628 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17629 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17630
17631 \(fn)" t nil)
17632
17633 ;;;***
17634 \f
17635 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (18310
17636 ;;;;;; 14573))
17637 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17638
17639 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17640 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17641 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17642
17643 \(fn)" t nil)
17644
17645 ;;;***
17646 \f
17647 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (18310 14574))
17648 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17649
17650 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17651
17652 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17653 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17654 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17655 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17656 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17657 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17658 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17659
17660 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17661 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17662 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17663 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17664
17665 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17666
17667 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17668 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17669
17670 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17671
17672 ;;;***
17673 \f
17674 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (18310 14574))
17675 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17676
17677 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17678 Toggle Master mode.
17679 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17680 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17681 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17682
17683 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17684 following commands:
17685
17686 \\{master-mode-map}
17687
17688 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17689 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17690 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17691
17692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17693
17694 ;;;***
17695 \f
17696 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (18408
17697 ;;;;;; 28171))
17698 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17699
17700 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17701
17702 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17703 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17704 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17705 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17706 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17707 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17708
17709 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17710
17711 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17712 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17713 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17714 created in the future.
17715 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17716 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17717
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17719
17720 ;;;***
17721 \f
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17723 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17724 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17725 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17726 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17727 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17728 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17729 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17730 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17731 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (18519 8938))
17732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17733
17734 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17735 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17736
17737 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17738 king@grassland.com
17739 If `parens', they look like:
17740 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17741 If `angles', they look like:
17742 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17743
17744 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17745 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17746
17747 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17748
17749 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17750 *Local news organization file.")
17751
17752 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17753
17754 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17755 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17756 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17757 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17758
17759 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17760 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17761 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17762
17763 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17764
17765 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17766
17767 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17768 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17769
17770 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17771 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17772 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17773 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17774
17775 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17776
17777 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17778 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17779 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17780 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17781
17782 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17783
17784 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original-without-signature) "\
17785 *Function for citing an original message.
17786 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17787 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17788 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17789
17790 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17791
17792 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17793 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17794 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17795 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17796 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17797
17798 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17799
17800 (defvar message-signature t "\
17801 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17802 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17803 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17804 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17805
17806 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17807
17808 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17809 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17810 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17811 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17812
17813 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17814
17815 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17816 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17817
17818 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17819
17820 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17821
17822 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17823 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17824 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17825 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17826 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17827 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17828 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17829 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17830 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17831 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17832 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17833 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17834 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17835 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17836 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17837 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17838 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17839 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17840 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17841 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17842 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17843 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17844 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17845 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17846 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17847 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17848 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17849 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17850 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17851 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17852 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17853 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17854 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17855 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17856 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17857 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17858 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17859
17860 \(fn)" t nil)
17861
17862 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17863 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17864 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17865 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17866 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17867
17868 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17869
17870 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17871 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17876 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17877
17878 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17879
17880 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17881 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17882
17883 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17884
17885 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17886 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17887 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17888
17889 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17890
17891 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17892 Cancel an article you posted.
17893 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17894
17895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17896
17897 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17898 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17899 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17900 header line with the old Message-ID.
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17905 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17906
17907 \(fn)" t nil)
17908
17909 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17910 Forward the current message via mail.
17911 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17912 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17913
17914 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17915
17916 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17917 Not documented
17918
17919 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17920
17921 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17922 Not documented
17923
17924 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17925
17926 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17927 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17928
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17930
17931 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17932 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17933
17934 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17935
17936 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17937 Re-mail the current message.
17938 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17939 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17940 you.
17941
17942 \(fn)" t nil)
17943
17944 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17945 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17946
17947 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17948
17949 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17950 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17951
17952 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17953
17954 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17955 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17956
17957 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17958
17959 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17960 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17961
17962 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17963
17964 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17965 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17966 Works by overstriking characters.
17967 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17968 which specify the range to operate on.
17969
17970 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17971
17972 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17973 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17974 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17975 which specify the range to operate on.
17976
17977 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17978
17979 ;;;***
17980 \f
17981 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17982 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
17983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17984
17985 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17986 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17987 Special commands:
17988 \\{meta-mode-map}
17989
17990 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17991 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17992
17993 \(fn)" t nil)
17994
17995 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17996 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17997 Special commands:
17998 \\{meta-mode-map}
17999
18000 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18001 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18002
18003 \(fn)" t nil)
18004
18005 ;;;***
18006 \f
18007 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18008 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18009 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18010 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18011
18012 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18013 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18014 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18015
18016 \(fn)" t nil)
18017
18018 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18019 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18020 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18021 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18022 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18023 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18024 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18025
18026 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18027
18028 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18029 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18030 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18031 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18032 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18033 means current).
18034 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18035 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18036
18037 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18038
18039 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18040 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18041 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18042 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18043 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18044 means current).
18045 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18046 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18047
18048 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18049
18050 ;;;***
18051 \f
18052 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18053 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18054 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (18310 14593))
18055 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18056
18057 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18058 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18059 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18060
18061 \(fn)" t nil)
18062
18063 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18064 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18065 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18066
18067 \(fn)" t nil)
18068
18069 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18070 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18071
18072 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18073 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18074 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18075
18076 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18077 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18078
18079 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18080 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18081
18082 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18083
18084 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18085
18086 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18087 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18088 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18089 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18090 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18091 as `compose-mail'.
18092
18093 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18094 initial Subject field, respectively.
18095
18096 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18097 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18098 are strings.
18099
18100 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18101 ignored.
18102
18103 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18104
18105 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18106 Save draft and send message.
18107
18108 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18109 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18110 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18111 Mail Delivery*\".
18112
18113 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18114 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18115 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18116
18117 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18118 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18119 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18120 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18121 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18122 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18123
18124 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18125 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18126
18127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18130 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18131
18132 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18133 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18134 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18135 delete the draft message.
18136
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18138
18139 ;;;***
18140 \f
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (18368 9296))
18142 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18143
18144 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18145
18146 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18147
18148 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18149
18150 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18151 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18152
18153 \(fn)" t nil)
18154
18155 ;;;***
18156 \f
18157 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18158 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (18310 14593))
18159 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18160
18161 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18162 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18163 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18164
18165 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18166 the MH mail system.
18167
18168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18169
18170 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18171 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18172 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18173
18174 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18175 the MH mail system.
18176
18177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18178
18179 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18180 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18181
18182 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18183 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18184 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18185 separate command.
18186
18187 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18188 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18189 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18190 format.
18191
18192 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18193
18194 Ranges
18195 ======
18196 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18197 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18198 can be used in several ways.
18199
18200 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18201 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18202 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18203 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18204 page):
18205
18206 <num1>-<num2>
18207 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18208 The range must be nonempty.
18209
18210 <num>:N
18211 <num>:+N
18212 <num>:-N
18213 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18214 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18215 last.
18216
18217 first:N
18218 prev:N
18219 next:N
18220 last:N
18221 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18222
18223 all
18224 All of the messages.
18225
18226 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18227 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18228
18229 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18230 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18231 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18232
18233 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18234
18235 \(fn)" t nil)
18236
18237 ;;;***
18238 \f
18239 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18240 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (18310 14574))
18241 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18242
18243 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18244 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18245 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18246 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18247 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18248 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18249 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18250 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18251 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18252 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18253 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18254
18255 \(fn)" t nil)
18256
18257 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18258 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18259 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18260 to its second argument TM.
18261
18262 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18263
18264 ;;;***
18265 \f
18266 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18267 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (18310 14574))
18268 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18269
18270 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18271 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18272 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18273 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18274 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18275 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18276
18277 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18278
18279 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18280 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18281 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18282 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18283 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18284 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18285 default indication.
18286
18287 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18288 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18289
18290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291
18292 ;;;***
18293 \f
18294 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18295 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
18296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18297
18298 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18299 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18300 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18301
18302 \(fn)" t nil)
18303
18304 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18305
18306 ;;;***
18307 \f
18308 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18309 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18310 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
18311 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18312
18313 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18314 Not documented
18315
18316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18317
18318 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18319 Not documented
18320
18321 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18322
18323 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18324 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18325 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18326 PATTERN regexp.
18327
18328 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18329
18330 ;;;***
18331 \f
18332 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18333 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (18310 14588))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18335
18336 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18337 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18338
18339 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18340
18341 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18342 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18343 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18344 the entire message.
18345 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18346
18347 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18348
18349 ;;;***
18350 \f
18351 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18352 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18353 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18354
18355 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18356 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18357 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18358 the entire message.
18359 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18360
18361 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18362
18363 ;;;***
18364 \f
18365 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18366 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (18310 14588))
18367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18368
18369 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18370 Insert file contents of URL.
18371 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18372
18373 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18374
18375 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18376 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18377
18378 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18379
18380 ;;;***
18381 \f
18382 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18383 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (18310 14588))
18384 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18385
18386 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18387 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18388 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18389 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18390 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18391
18392 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18393
18394 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18395 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18396 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18397
18398 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18399
18400 ;;;***
18401 \f
18402 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18403 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18405
18406 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18407 Not documented
18408
18409 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18410
18411 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18412 Not documented
18413
18414 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18415
18416 ;;;***
18417 \f
18418 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18419 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18420 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (18310 14588))
18421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18422
18423 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18424 Not documented
18425
18426 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18427
18428 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18429 Not documented
18430
18431 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18432
18433 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18434 Not documented
18435
18436 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18437
18438 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18439 Not documented
18440
18441 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18442
18443 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18444 Not documented
18445
18446 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18447
18448 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18449 Not documented
18450
18451 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18452
18453 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18454 Not documented
18455
18456 \(fn)" nil nil)
18457
18458 ;;;***
18459 \f
18460 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18461 ;;;;;; (18185 40526))
18462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18463
18464 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18465 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18466 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18467 followed by the first character of the construct.
18468 \\<m2-mode-map>
18469 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18470 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18471 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18472 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18473 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18474 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18475 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18476 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18477 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18478 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18479 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18480 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18481 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18482 \\[m2-link] link
18483
18484 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18485 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18486 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18487
18488 \(fn)" t nil)
18489
18490 ;;;***
18491 \f
18492 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18493 ;;;;;; (18310 14597))
18494 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18495
18496 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18497 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18498
18499 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18500
18501 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18502 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18503
18504 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18505
18506 ;;;***
18507 \f
18508 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (18310
18509 ;;;;;; 14574))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18511
18512 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18513 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18514 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18515 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18516 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18517 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18518
18519 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18520
18521 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18522 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18523 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18524 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18525
18526 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18527
18528 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18529
18530 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18531
18532 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18533 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18534 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18535 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18536 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18537 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18538
18539 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18540 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18541 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18542 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18543 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18544
18545 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18546 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18547
18548 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18549 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18550
18551 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18552
18553 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18554 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18555 primary selection and region.
18556
18557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18558
18559 ;;;***
18560 \f
18561 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (18310 14597))
18562 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18563
18564 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18565 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18566
18567 \(fn)" t nil)
18568
18569 ;;;***
18570 \f
18571 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18310 14574))
18572 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18573
18574 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18575 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18576 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18577 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18578 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18579 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18580
18581 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18582
18583 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18584 Toggle Msb mode.
18585 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18586 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18587 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18588
18589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18590
18591 ;;;***
18592 \f
18593 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18594 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18595 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18596 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18597 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18598 ;;;;;; (18310 14590))
18599 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18600
18601 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18602 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18603 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18604 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18605 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18606 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18607 set of ISO charsets.
18608
18609 Each element has the following format:
18610 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18611
18612 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18613
18614 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18615 CHARSET are mapped.
18616
18617 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18618 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18619 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18620 character code in CHARSET.
18621
18622 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18623 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18624 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18625 or
18626 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18627 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18628 TO2, or...
18629 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18630 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18631
18632 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18633 Display a list of all character sets.
18634
18635 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18636 internal Emacs use.
18637
18638 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18639 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18640 hexadecimal digits.
18641 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18642 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18643
18644 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18645 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18646 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18647 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18648
18649 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18650 but still shows the full information.
18651
18652 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18653
18654 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18655 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18656 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18657 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18658 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18659
18660 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18661 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18662 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18663 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18664 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18665
18666 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18667
18668 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18669 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18670 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18671 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18672 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18673
18674 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18675
18676 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18678
18679 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18683
18684 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18685
18686 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18688
18689 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18690 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18691 in place of `..':
18692 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18693 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18694 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18695 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18696 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18697 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18698 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18699 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18700 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18701 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18702 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18703 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18704 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18705 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18706 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18707 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18708
18709 \(fn)" t nil)
18710
18711 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18712 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18713
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display a list of all coding systems.
18718 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18719
18720 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18721 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18722
18723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18724
18725 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18726 Display a list of all coding categories.
18727
18728 \(fn)" nil nil)
18729
18730 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18732 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18733
18734 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18735
18736 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18737 Display information about FONTSET.
18738 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18739
18740 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18741
18742 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18743 Display a list of all fontsets.
18744 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18745 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18746 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18747
18748 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18749
18750 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18751 Display information about all input methods.
18752
18753 \(fn)" t nil)
18754
18755 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18756 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18757
18758 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18759 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18760 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18761 system which uses fontsets).
18762
18763 \(fn)" t nil)
18764
18765 ;;;***
18766 \f
18767 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18768 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18769 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18770 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18771 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18772 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (18310 14590))
18773 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18774
18775 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18776 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18777 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18778
18779 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18780
18781 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18782
18783 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18784 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18785
18786 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18787 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18788
18789 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18790 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18791
18792 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18793
18794 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18795 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18796 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18797 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18798 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18799 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18800 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18801
18802 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18803 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18804 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18805 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18806 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18807 middle of a character in STR.
18808
18809 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18810 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18811
18812 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18813 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18814 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18815 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18816 defaults to \"...\".
18817
18818 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18819
18820 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18821 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18822
18823 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18824 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18825 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18826
18827 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18828 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18829 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18830
18831 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18832 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18833 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18834 is considered.
18835 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18836 longer than KEYSEQ.
18837 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18838
18839 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18840
18841 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18842 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18843 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18844 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18845 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18846 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18847 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18848 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18849 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18850 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18851 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18852
18853 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18854
18855 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18856 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18857
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18859
18860 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18861 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18862
18863 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18864
18865 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18866 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18867
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18869
18870 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18872
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18874
18875 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18876 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18877 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18878 coding systems ordered by priority.
18879
18880 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18881
18882 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18883 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18884 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18885 language environment LANG-ENV.
18886
18887 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18888
18889 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18890 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18891 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18892 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18893 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18894 basis, this may not be accurate.
18895
18896 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18897
18898 ;;;***
18899 \f
18900 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18901 ;;;;;; (18310 14574))
18902 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18903
18904 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18905 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18906 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18909 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18910
18911 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18912
18913 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18914 Toggle mouse wheel support.
18915 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18916 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18917
18918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18921 Enable mouse wheel support.
18922
18923 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18924
18925 ;;;***
18926 \f
18927 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18928 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18929 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ifconfig ping traceroute)
18930 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (18377 44624))
18931 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18932
18933 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18934 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18935
18936 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18937
18938 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18939 Ping HOST.
18940 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18941 `ping-program-options'.
18942
18943 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload (quote ifconfig) "net-utils" "\
18946 Run ifconfig program.
18947
18948 \(fn)" t nil)
18949
18950 (defalias (quote ipconfig) (quote ifconfig))
18951
18952 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18953 Run netstat program.
18954
18955 \(fn)" t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18958 Run arp program.
18959
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18963 Run route program.
18964
18965 \(fn)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18968 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18969
18970 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18973 Run nslookup program.
18974
18975 \(fn)" t nil)
18976
18977 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18978 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18979
18980 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18983 Run dig program.
18984
18985 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18986
18987 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18988 Run ftp program.
18989
18990 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18991
18992 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18993 Finger USER on HOST.
18994
18995 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18996
18997 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18998 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18999 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19000 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19001
19002 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19003
19004 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19005 Not documented
19006
19007 \(fn)" t nil)
19008
19009 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19010 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19011
19012 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19013
19014 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19015 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19016
19017 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19018
19019 ;;;***
19020 \f
19021 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19022 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19023 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19024 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19025 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19026 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (18421 31051))
19027 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19028
19029 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19030
19031 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19032
19033 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19034
19035 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19036
19037 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19038 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19039 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19040 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19041 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19042 Major modes should set this variable.")
19043
19044 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19045 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19046 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19047 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19048 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19049 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19050
19051 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19052 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19053
19054 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19055 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19056 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19057
19058 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19059 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19060 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19061 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19062 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19063
19064 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19065 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19066 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19067
19068 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19069 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19070 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19071 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19072
19073 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19074 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19075 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19076 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19077 column indentation or nil.
19078 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19079
19080 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19081 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19082 The function has no args.
19083
19084 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19085 comments always start in column zero.")
19086
19087 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19088 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19089 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19090
19091 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19092
19093 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19094 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19095 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19096 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19097
19098 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19099 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19100
19101 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19102
19103 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19104 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19105 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19106 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19107 customize this variable.
19108
19109 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19110 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19111
19112 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19113
19114 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19115 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19116 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19117 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19118 the variables are properly set.
19119
19120 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19121
19122 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19123 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19124
19125 \(fn)" nil nil)
19126
19127 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19128 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19129 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19130
19131 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19132
19133 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19134 Set the comment column based on point.
19135 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19136 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19137 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19138 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19139
19140 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19141
19142 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19143 Kill the first comment on this line, if any.
19144 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19145
19146 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19147
19148 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19149 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19150 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19151 comment markers.
19152
19153 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19154
19155 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19156 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19157 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19158 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19159 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19160 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19161 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19162 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19163
19164 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19165 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19166
19167 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19168
19169 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19170 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19171 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19172 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19173
19174 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19175
19176 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19177 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19178 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19179 is passed on to the respective function.
19180
19181 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19182
19183 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19184 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19185 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19186 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19187 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19188 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19189 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19190 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19191 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19192
19193 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19194
19195 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19196 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19197 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19198
19199 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19200
19201 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19202 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19203 This indents the body of the continued comment
19204 under the previous comment line.
19205
19206 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19207 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19208 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19209
19210 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19211 or comment indentation.
19212
19213 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19214 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19215
19216 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19217
19218 ;;;***
19219 \f
19220 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19221 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19222 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (18310 14594))
19223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19224
19225 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19226 Check whether newsticker is running.
19227 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19228 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19229
19230 \(fn)" nil nil)
19231
19232 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19233 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19234 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19235 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19236 empty.
19237
19238 \(fn)" nil nil)
19239
19240 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19241 Start the newsticker.
19242 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19243 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19244 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19245 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19246
19247 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19248
19249 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19250 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19251 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19252 running already.
19253
19254 \(fn)" t nil)
19255
19256 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19257 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19258
19259 \(fn)" t nil)
19260
19261 ;;;***
19262 \f
19263 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19264 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19266
19267 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19268 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19269
19270 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19271
19272 ;;;***
19273 \f
19274 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (18310
19275 ;;;;;; 14588))
19276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19277
19278 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19279 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19280 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19281 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19282 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19283 symbol in the alist.
19284
19285 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19286
19287 ;;;***
19288 \f
19289 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19290 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19291 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19292
19293 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19294 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19295 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19296
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19298
19299 ;;;***
19300 \f
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19302 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19304
19305 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19306 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19307 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19308
19309 \(fn)" t nil)
19310
19311 ;;;***
19312 \f
19313 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19314 ;;;;;; (18310 14588))
19315 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19316
19317 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19318 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19319
19320 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19321
19322 ;;;***
19323 \f
19324 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19325 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (18310 14588))
19326 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19327
19328 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19329 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19330
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19332
19333 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19334 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19335
19336 \(fn)" t nil)
19337
19338 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19339 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19340
19341 \(fn)" t nil)
19342
19343 ;;;***
19344 \f
19345 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19346 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (18310 14574))
19347 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19348
19349 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19350 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19351 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19352
19353 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19354
19355 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19356 Not documented
19357
19358 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19359
19360 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19361 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19362 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19363 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19364 to future sessions.
19365
19366 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19367
19368 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19369 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19370 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19371 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19372 to future sessions.
19373
19374 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19375
19376 ;;;***
19377 \f
19378 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19379 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
19380 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19381
19382 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19383 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19384 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19385 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19386 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19387 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19388
19389 \(fn)" t nil)
19390
19391 ;;;***
19392 \f
19393 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19394 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19396
19397 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19398 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19399 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19400 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19401 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19402
19403 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19404
19405 ;;;***
19406 \f
19407 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19408 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19410
19411 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19412 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19413 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19414
19415 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19416
19417 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19418 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19419
19420 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19421 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19422 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19423
19424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19425
19426 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19427
19428 ;;;***
19429 \f
19430 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19431 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
19432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19433
19434 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19435 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19436
19437 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19438 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19439 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19440 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19441
19442 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19443 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19444 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19445 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19446 is why you need this mode!).
19447
19448 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19449 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19450 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19451
19452 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19453
19454 Keybindings
19455 ===========
19456
19457 \\{octave-mode-map}
19458
19459 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19460 ==============================================
19461
19462 octave-auto-indent
19463 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19464 Default is nil.
19465
19466 octave-auto-newline
19467 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19468 Default is nil.
19469
19470 octave-blink-matching-block
19471 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19472 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19473
19474 octave-block-offset
19475 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19476 Default is 2.
19477
19478 octave-continuation-offset
19479 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19480 Default is 4.
19481
19482 octave-continuation-string
19483 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19484 Default is a backslash.
19485
19486 octave-mode-startup-message
19487 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19488 Default is t.
19489
19490 octave-send-echo-input
19491 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19492 command to the inferior Octave process.
19493
19494 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19495 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19496 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19497
19498 octave-send-echo-input
19499 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19500
19501 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19502
19503 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19504 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19505
19506 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19507 (setq auto-mode-alist
19508 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19509
19510 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19511 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19512
19513 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19514 (lambda ()
19515 (abbrev-mode 1)
19516 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19517 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19518 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19519
19520 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19521 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19522 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19523 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19524
19525 \(fn)" t nil)
19526
19527 ;;;***
19528 \f
19529 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19530 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects
19531 ;;;;;; org-tags-view org-todo-list org-search-view org-agenda-list
19532 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-store-agenda-views org-store-agenda-views
19533 ;;;;;; org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda org-agenda org-agenda-to-appt
19534 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19535 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate org-open-at-point-global
19536 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19537 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19538 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org"
19539 ;;;;;; "textmodes/org.el" (18463 9021))
19540 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19541
19542 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19543 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19544 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19545
19546 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19547 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19548 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19549 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19550 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19551 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19552 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19553 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19554 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19555 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19556
19557 The following commands are available:
19558
19559 \\{org-mode-map}
19560
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19562
19563 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19564 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19565
19566 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19567 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19568 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19569 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19570 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19571
19572 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19573 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19574 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19575 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19576 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19577 and zoom in further.
19578 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19579
19580 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19581 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19582 is negative, go up that many levels.
19583
19584 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19585 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19586 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19587
19588 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19589 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19590 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19591
19592 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19593
19594 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19595 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19596
19597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19598
19599 (autoload (quote orgstruct-mode) "org" "\
19600 Toggle the minor more `orgstruct-mode'.
19601 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other modes.
19602 The following key behave as if Org-mode was active, if the cursor
19603 is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both in the definition
19604 of Org-mode).
19605
19606 M-up Move entry/item up
19607 M-down Move entry/item down
19608 M-left Promote
19609 M-right Demote
19610 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19611 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19612 M-S-left Promote subtree
19613 M-S-right Demote subtree
19614 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19615 C-c ^ Sort entries
19616 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19617 TAB Cycle item visibility
19618 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19619 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Chekbox item
19620 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19621
19622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19623
19624 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgstruct) "org" "\
19625 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19626
19627 \(fn)" nil nil)
19628
19629 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgstruct++) "org" "\
19630 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode', and force org-mode indentations.
19631 In addition to setting orgstruct-mode, this also exports all indentation and
19632 autofilling variables from org-mode into the buffer. Note that turning
19633 off orgstruct-mode will *not* remove these additional settings.
19634
19635 \(fn)" nil nil)
19636
19637 (autoload (quote org-run-like-in-org-mode) "org" "\
19638 Not documented
19639
19640 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19641
19642 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19643 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19644
19645 \(fn)" nil nil)
19646
19647 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19648 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19649
19650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19651
19652 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19653 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19654 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19655 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19656
19657 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19658 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19659 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19660
19661 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19662
19663 (autoload (quote org-insert-link-global) "org" "\
19664 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19665 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19666
19667 \(fn)" t nil)
19668
19669 (autoload (quote org-open-at-point-global) "org" "\
19670 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19671 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19672 Org-mode syntax.
19673
19674 \(fn)" t nil)
19675
19676 (autoload (quote org-remember-insinuate) "org" "\
19677 Setup remember.el for use wiht Org-mode.
19678
19679 \(fn)" nil nil)
19680
19681 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19682 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19683 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19684 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19685 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19686
19687 \(fn)" nil nil)
19688
19689 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19690 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19691 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19692 to be run from that hook to function properly.
19693
19694 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19695
19696 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19697 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19698 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19699 of the remember buffer.
19700
19701 When called interactively with a `C-u' prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
19702 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
19703 stores its notes. With a double prefix arg `C-u C-u', go to the last
19704 note stored by remember.
19705
19706 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
19707 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
19708
19709 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
19710
19711 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19712 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19713 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19714 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19715 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19716 file the text at a specific location.
19717 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19718 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19719 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19720
19721 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19722 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19723 RET buffer-start as level 1 heading at end of file
19724 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19725 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19726 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19727 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19728 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19729
19730 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19731 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19732 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.
19733 You can also get the fast execution without prompting by using
19734 C-u C-c C-c to exit the remember buffer. See also the variable
19735 `org-remember-store-without-prompt'.
19736
19737 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19738 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19739 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19740
19741 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19742 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19743 \(i.e. after the stars).
19744
19745 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19746
19747 \(fn)" nil nil)
19748
19749 (autoload (quote org-agenda-to-appt) "org" "\
19750 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19751 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19752 appointements.
19753
19754 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19755 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19756
19757 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19758 for filtering entries out.
19759
19760 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19761 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19762
19763 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19764 (category \"Work\"))
19765
19766 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19767 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19768
19769 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER)" t nil)
19770
19771 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19772 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19773 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19774 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19775
19776 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19777 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19778 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19779 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19780 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19781 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19782 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19783 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19784 e Export views to associated files.
19785
19786 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19787 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19788 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19789
19790 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19791 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19792 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19793 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19794 \(if active).
19795
19796 \(fn ARG &optional KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19797
19798 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19799 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19800 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19801 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19802 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19803 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19804 before running the agenda command.
19805
19806 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19807
19808 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda-csv) "org" "\
19809 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19810 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19811 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19812 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19813 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19814 before running the agenda command.
19815
19816 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19817 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19818
19819 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19820
19821 category The category of the item
19822 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19823 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19824 todo selected in TODO match
19825 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19826 diary imported from diary
19827 deadline a deadline on given date
19828 scheduled scheduled on given date
19829 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19830 closed entry was closed on given date
19831 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19832 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19833 block entry has date block including g. date
19834 todo The todo keyword, if any
19835 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19836 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19837 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19838 extra Sting with extra planning info
19839 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19840 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19841 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19842
19843 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19844
19845 (autoload (quote org-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19846 Not documented
19847
19848 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19849
19850 (autoload (quote org-batch-store-agenda-views) "org" "\
19851 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19852
19853 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19854
19855 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19856 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19857 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19858 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19859
19860 \(fn)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19863 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19864 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19865 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19866
19867 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL,
19868 all unfinished TODO items will also be shown, before the agenda.
19869 This feature is considered obsolete, please use the TODO list or a block
19870 agenda instead.
19871
19872 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19873 span INCLUDE-ALL days. Lisp programs should instead specify NDAYS to change
19874 the number of days. NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19875
19876 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19877 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19878
19879 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19880
19881 (autoload (quote org-search-view) "org" "\
19882 Show all entries that contain words or regular expressions.
19883 If the first character of the search string is an asterisks,
19884 search only the headlines.
19885
19886 The search string is broken into \"words\" by splitting at whitespace.
19887 The individual words are then interpreted as a boolean expression with
19888 logical AND. Words prefixed with a minus must not occur in the entry.
19889 Words without a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.
19890 Matching is case-insensitive and the words are enclosed by word delimiters.
19891
19892 Words enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as regular expressions
19893 that must or must not match in the entry.
19894
19895 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19896 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19897
19898 \(fn &optional ARG STRING)" t nil)
19899
19900 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19901 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19902 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19903 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19904 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19905 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19906
19907 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19908
19909 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19910 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19911 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19912
19913 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19914
19915 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list-stuck-projects) "org" "\
19916 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19917 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19918 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19919 `org-stuck-projects'.
19920 MATCH is being ignored.
19921
19922 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19923
19924 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19925 Return diary information from org-files.
19926 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19927 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19928 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19929 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19930
19931 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19932 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19933 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19934
19935 :sexp List entries resulting from diary-like sexps.
19936
19937 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19938 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19939 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19940 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19941
19942 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19943 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19944 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19945
19946 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19947 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19948 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19949 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19950
19951 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19952
19953 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19954
19955 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19956 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19957
19958 &%%(org-diary)
19959
19960 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19961 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19962 So the example above may also be written as
19963
19964 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19965
19966 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19967 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19968 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19969
19970 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19971
19972 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19973 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19974 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19975 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19976
19977 \(fn)" t nil)
19978
19979 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19980 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19981 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19982 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19983
19984 \(fn)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19987 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19988 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19989
19990 \(fn)" t nil)
19991
19992 ;;;***
19993 \f
19994 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-latex org-export-region-as-latex
19995 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
19996 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "textmodes/org-export-latex.el"
19997 ;;;;;; (18427 8817))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-export-latex.el
19999
20000 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-export-latex" "\
20001 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing as
20002 emacs --batch
20003 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20004 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20005 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20006
20007 \(fn)" nil nil)
20008
20009 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex-to-buffer) "org-export-latex" "\
20010 Call `org-exort-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20011 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20012
20013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20014
20015 (autoload (quote org-replace-region-by-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20016 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20017 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20018 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20019 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20020 then use this command to convert it.
20021
20022 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20023
20024 (autoload (quote org-export-region-as-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20025 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20026 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20027 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20028 cut-and-paste operations.
20029 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20030 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20031 produced LaTeX as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20032 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20033
20034 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20035
20036 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20037 in a window. A non-interactive call will only retunr the buffer.
20038
20039 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20040
20041 (autoload (quote org-export-as-latex) "org-export-latex" "\
20042 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20043 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20044 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20045 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20046 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20047 convert them as description lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't
20048 display the LaTeX buffer. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20049 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20050 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20051 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20052 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20053 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20054 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20055 simply return the content of \begin{document}...\end{document},
20056 without even the \begin{document} and \end{document} commands.
20057 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20058
20059 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20060
20061 ;;;***
20062 \f
20063 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "textmodes/org-irc.el"
20064 ;;;;;; (18427 8818))
20065 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-irc.el
20066
20067 (autoload (quote org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "\
20068 Dispatch to the appropreate function to store a link to
20069 something IRC related
20070
20071 \(fn)" nil nil)
20072
20073 ;;;***
20074 \f
20075 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
20076 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "textmodes/org-publish.el"
20077 ;;;;;; (18427 8818))
20078 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org-publish.el
20079
20080 (autoload (quote org-publish) "org-publish" "\
20081 Publish PROJECT.
20082
20083 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20084
20085 (autoload (quote org-publish-all) "org-publish" "\
20086 Publish all projects.
20087 With prefix argument, force publish all files.
20088
20089 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20090
20091 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-file) "org-publish" "\
20092 Publish the current file.
20093 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
20094
20095 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20096
20097 (autoload (quote org-publish-current-project) "org-publish" "\
20098 Publish the project associated with the current file.
20099 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
20100 the project.
20101
20102 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20103
20104 ;;;***
20105 \f
20106 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20107 ;;;;;; (18310 14575))
20108 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20109 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20110
20111 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
20112 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20113 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20114 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20115
20116 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20117 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20118 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20119 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20120
20121 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20122 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20123 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20124 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20125 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20126 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20127
20128 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20129 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20130 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20131
20132 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20133 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20134 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20135 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20136 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20137 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20138 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20139 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20140 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20141 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20142 The subheadings remain visible.
20143 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20144
20145 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20146 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20147 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20148
20149 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20150 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20151
20152 \(fn)" t nil)
20153
20154 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20155 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20156 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20157 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20158
20159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20160
20161 ;;;***
20162 \f
20163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (18432
20164 ;;;;;; 17907))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20166 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20167 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20168 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20169 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20170 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20171 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20172 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20173 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20174 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20175
20176 ;;;***
20177 \f
20178 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18310 14575))
20179 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20180
20181 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20182 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20183 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20184 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20185 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20186 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20187
20188 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20189
20190 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20191 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20192 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20193 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20194
20195 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20196 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20197
20198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20199
20200 ;;;***
20201 \f
20202 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20203 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
20204 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20205
20206 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20207 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20208 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20209 unknown are returned as nil.
20210
20211 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20212
20213 ;;;***
20214 \f
20215 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (18310
20216 ;;;;;; 14601))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20218
20219 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20220 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20221 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20222
20223 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20224 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20225
20226 Other useful functions are:
20227
20228 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20229 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20230 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20231 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20232 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20233 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20234 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20235 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20236 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20237
20238 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20239
20240 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20241 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20242 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20243 Indentation for case statements.
20244 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20245 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20246 mark after an end.
20247 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20248 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20249 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20250 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20251 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20252 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20253 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20254 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20255 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20256 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20257
20258 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20259 pascal-separator-keywords.
20260
20261 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20262 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20263
20264 \(fn)" t nil)
20265
20266 ;;;***
20267 \f
20268 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20269 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
20270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20271
20272 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20273 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20274 The keys affected are:
20275 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20276 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20277 M-Backspace does undo.
20278 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20279 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20280 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20281
20282 \(fn)" t nil)
20283
20284 ;;;***
20285 \f
20286 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20287 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (18310 14582))
20288 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20289
20290 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20291 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20292 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20293 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20294 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20295 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20296
20297 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20298
20299 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20300 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20301
20302 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20303
20304 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20305 which modify the status of the mark.
20306
20307 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20308 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20309
20310 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20311 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20312
20313 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20314 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20315 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20316 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20317 turning PC Selection mode on.
20318
20319 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20320 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20321
20322 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20323 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20324 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20325
20326 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20327 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20328 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20329
20330 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20331 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20332
20333 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20334 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20335 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20336
20337 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20338 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20339 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20340
20341 F6 other-window
20342 DELETE delete-char
20343 C-DELETE kill-line
20344 M-DELETE kill-word
20345 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20346 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20347 M-BACKSPACE undo
20348
20349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20350
20351 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20352 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20353 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20354 and cursor movement commands.
20355 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20356 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20357 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20358
20359 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20360
20361 ;;;***
20362 \f
20363 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (18310
20364 ;;;;;; 14575))
20365 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20366
20367 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20368 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20369
20370 \(fn)" nil nil)
20371
20372 ;;;***
20373 \f
20374 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20375 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (18310 14575))
20376 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20377
20378 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20379 Completion for `gzip'.
20380
20381 \(fn)" nil nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20384 Completion for `bzip2'.
20385
20386 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387
20388 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20389 Completion for GNU `make'.
20390
20391 \(fn)" nil nil)
20392
20393 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20394 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20395
20396 \(fn)" nil nil)
20397
20398 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20399
20400 ;;;***
20401 \f
20402 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20403 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (18310 14575))
20404 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20405
20406 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20407 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20408
20409 \(fn)" nil nil)
20410
20411 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20412 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20413
20414 \(fn)" nil nil)
20415
20416 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20417 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20418
20419 \(fn)" nil nil)
20420
20421 ;;;***
20422 \f
20423 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (18310
20424 ;;;;;; 14575))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20426
20427 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20428 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20429 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20430 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20431 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20432 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20433
20434 \(fn)" nil nil)
20435
20436 ;;;***
20437 \f
20438 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20439 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20440 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (18310 14575))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20442
20443 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20444 Completion for `cd'.
20445
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20447
20448 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20449
20450 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20451 Completion for `rmdir'.
20452
20453 \(fn)" nil nil)
20454
20455 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20456 Completion for `rm'.
20457
20458 \(fn)" nil nil)
20459
20460 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20461 Completion for `xargs'.
20462
20463 \(fn)" nil nil)
20464
20465 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20466
20467 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20468 Completion for `which'.
20469
20470 \(fn)" nil nil)
20471
20472 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20473 Completion for the `chown' command.
20474
20475 \(fn)" nil nil)
20476
20477 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20478 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20479
20480 \(fn)" nil nil)
20481
20482 ;;;***
20483 \f
20484 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20485 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20486 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (18310
20487 ;;;;;; 14575))
20488 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20489
20490 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20491 Support extensible programmable completion.
20492 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20493 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20494
20495 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20496
20497 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20498 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20499
20500 \(fn)" t nil)
20501
20502 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20503 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20504 This will modify the current buffer.
20505
20506 \(fn)" t nil)
20507
20508 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20509 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20510
20511 \(fn)" t nil)
20512
20513 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20514 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20515 This will modify the current buffer.
20516
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20518
20519 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20520 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20521
20522 \(fn)" t nil)
20523
20524 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20525 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20526
20527 \(fn)" t nil)
20528
20529 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20530 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20531 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20532 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20533 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20534
20535 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20536
20537 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20538 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20539
20540 \(fn)" nil nil)
20541
20542 ;;;***
20543 \f
20544 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20545 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20546 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18310 14576))
20547 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20548
20549 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20550 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20551 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20552 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20553
20554 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20555
20556 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20557
20558 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20559 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20560 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20561 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20562 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20563 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20564 FLAGS is ignored.
20565
20566 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20567
20568 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20569 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20570 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20571 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20572 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20573 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20574 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20575 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20576
20577 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20578
20579 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20580 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20581 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20582 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20583 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20584 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20585 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20586 passed to cvs.
20587
20588 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20589
20590 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20591 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20592 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20593 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20594 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20595 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20596 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20597
20598 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20599
20600 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20601
20602 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20603 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20604 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20605
20606 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20607
20608 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20609 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20610 A value of nil means never do it.
20611 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20612 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20613 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20614
20615 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20616
20617 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20618 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20619 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20620
20621 ;;;***
20622 \f
20623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (18310 14576))
20624 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20625
20626 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20627
20628 ;;;***
20629 \f
20630 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20631 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
20632 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20633 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20634 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20635 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20636 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20637 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20638 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20639
20640 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20641 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20642 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20643 Tab indents for Perl code.
20644 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20645 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20646 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20647 \\{perl-mode-map}
20648 Variables controlling indentation style:
20649 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20650 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20651 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20652 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20653 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20654 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20655 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20656 `perl-nochange'
20657 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20658 `perl-indent-level'
20659 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20660 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20661 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20662 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20663 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20664 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20665 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20666 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20667 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20668 `perl-brace-offset'
20669 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20670 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20671 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20672 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20673 `perl-label-offset'
20674 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20675 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20676 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20677
20678 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20679 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20680 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20681 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20682 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20683 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20684 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20685
20686 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20687
20688 \(fn)" t nil)
20689
20690 ;;;***
20691 \f
20692 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20693 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20694 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20695 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (18310 14576))
20696 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20697
20698 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20699 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20700
20701 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20702
20703 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20704 passphrase cache or user.
20705
20706 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20707
20708 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20709 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20710
20711 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20712 cache or user.
20713
20714 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20715
20716 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20717 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20718
20719 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20720 the region.
20721
20722 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20723 passphrase cache or user.
20724
20725 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20726
20727 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20728 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20729
20730 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20731
20732 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20733 the region.
20734
20735 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20736 passphrase cache or user.
20737
20738 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20739
20740 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20741 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20742
20743 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20744 passphrase cache or user.
20745
20746 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20747
20748 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20749 Decrypt the current buffer.
20750
20751 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20752 the region.
20753
20754 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20755 passphrase cache or user.
20756
20757 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20758
20759 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20760 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20761
20762 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20763 a detached signature.
20764
20765 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20766 and the output is displayed.
20767
20768 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20769 passphrase cache or user.
20770
20771 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20772
20773 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20774 Sign the current buffer.
20775
20776 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20777 detached signature.
20778
20779 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20780 within the region.
20781
20782 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20783 and the output is displayed.
20784
20785 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20786 passphrase cache or user.
20787
20788 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20789
20790 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20791 Verify the current region between START and END.
20792 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20793 the detached signature of the current region.
20794
20795 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20796 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20797
20798 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20799
20800 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20801 Verify the current buffer.
20802 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20803 the detached signature of the current region.
20804 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20805 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20806 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20807 within the region.
20808
20809 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20810
20811 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20812 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20813
20814 \(fn)" t nil)
20815
20816 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20817 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20818
20819 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20820
20821 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20822 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20823
20824 \(fn)" t nil)
20825
20826 ;;;***
20827 \f
20828 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20829 ;;;;;; (18580 44915))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20831
20832 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20833 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20834
20835 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20836
20837 ;;;***
20838 \f
20839 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20840 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20841 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20842
20843 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20844 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20845 \\<picture-mode-map>
20846 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20847 afterwards settable by these commands:
20848
20849 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20850 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20851 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20852 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20853
20854 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20855 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20856 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20857 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20858
20859 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20860 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20861 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20862 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20863
20864 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20865 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20866 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20867 with these commands:
20868
20869 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20870 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20871 Move to column following last
20872 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20873 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20874 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20875 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20876 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20877 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20878
20879 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20880
20881 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20882 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20883 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20884 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20885 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20886 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20887
20888 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20889 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20890 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20891 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20892 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20893 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20894 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20895
20896 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20897 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20898 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20899 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20900 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20901 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20902 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20903 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20904
20905 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20906 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20907 by supplying an argument.
20908
20909 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20910
20911 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20912 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20913
20914 \(fn)" t nil)
20915
20916 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20917
20918 ;;;***
20919 \f
20920 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20921 ;;;;;; (18310 14605))
20922 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20923
20924 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20925 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20926 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20927
20928 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20929
20930 ;;;***
20931 \f
20932 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (18310 14597))
20933 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20934
20935 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20936 Play pong and waste time.
20937 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20938 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20939
20940 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20941
20942 \\{pong-mode-map}
20943
20944 \(fn)" t nil)
20945
20946 ;;;***
20947 \f
20948 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20949 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (18310 14581))
20950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20951
20952 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20953 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20954 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20955 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20956
20957 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20958
20959 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20960 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20961
20962 \(fn)" nil nil)
20963
20964 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20965 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20966 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20967 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20968 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20969
20970 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20971
20972 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20973 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20974 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20975
20976 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20977
20978 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20979 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20980 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20981 Ignores leading comment characters.
20982
20983 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20984
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20988 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20989 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20990 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20991 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20992 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20993 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20994 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20995 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20996 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20997 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20998 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20999 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
21000 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
21001 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
21002 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
21003 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
21004 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
21005 ;;;;;; (18310 14576))
21006 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21007
21008 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
21009 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21010
21011 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21012
21013 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21014
21015 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21016
21017 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
21018 Preview directory using ghostview.
21019
21020 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21021 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21022 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21023 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21024
21025 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21026 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21027 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21028 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21029 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21030 file name.
21031
21032 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21033
21034 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21035
21036 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21037 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21038
21039 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21040 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21041 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21042 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21043
21044 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21045 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21046 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21047 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21048 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21049 file name.
21050
21051 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21052
21053 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
21056 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21057
21058 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21059 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21060 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21061 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21062
21063 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21064 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21065 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21066 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21067 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21068 file name.
21069
21070 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21071
21072 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21073
21074 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
21075 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21076
21077 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21078
21079 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21080 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21081 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21082 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21083
21084 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21085 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21086 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21087 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21088 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21089 file name.
21090
21091 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21092
21093 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21094
21095 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
21096 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21097
21098 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21099 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21100 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21101
21102 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21103 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21104 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21105 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21106
21107 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21110 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21111
21112 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21113 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21114 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21115
21116 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21117 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21118 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21119 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21120
21121 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21122
21123 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
21124 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21125
21126 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21127 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21128 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21129
21130 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21131 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21132 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21133 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21134
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21136
21137 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
21138 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21139
21140 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21141
21142 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21143 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21144 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21145
21146 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21147 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21148 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21149 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21150
21151 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21152
21153 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
21154 Preview region using ghostview.
21155
21156 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21157
21158 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21159
21160 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21161 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21162
21163 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21164
21165 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21166
21167 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21168 Print region using PostScript printer.
21169
21170 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21171
21172 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21175 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21176
21177 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21178
21179 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21182 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21183
21184 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21185
21186 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21189 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21190
21191 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21192
21193 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21194
21195 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21196 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21197
21198 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21199
21200 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21201
21202 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21203 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21204
21205 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21206
21207 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21208
21209 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21210 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21211 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21212 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21213
21214 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21215 matching.
21216
21217 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21218 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21219
21220 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21221
21222 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21225 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21226 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21227 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21228
21229 \(fn)" t nil)
21230
21231 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21232 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21233 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21234 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21235
21236 \(fn)" t nil)
21237
21238 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21239 Print directory using text printer.
21240
21241 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21242 matching.
21243
21244 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21245 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21246
21247 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21248
21249 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21250
21251 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21252 Print buffer using text printer.
21253
21254 \(fn)" t nil)
21255
21256 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21257 Print region using text printer.
21258
21259 \(fn)" t nil)
21260
21261 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21262 Print major mode using text printer.
21263
21264 \(fn)" t nil)
21265
21266 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21267 Preview spooled PostScript.
21268
21269 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21270 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21271 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21272
21273 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21274 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21275 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21276
21277 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21280 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21281
21282 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21283 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21284 instead of sending it to the printer.
21285
21286 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21287 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21288 image in a file with that name.
21289
21290 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21291
21292 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21293 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21294
21295 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21296 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21297 instead of sending it to the printer.
21298
21299 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21300 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21301 image in a file with that name.
21302
21303 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21304
21305 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21306 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21307
21308 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21309 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21310 instead of sending it to the printer.
21311
21312 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21313 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21314 image in a file with that name.
21315
21316 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21317
21318 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21319 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21320
21321 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21324 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21325
21326 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21327
21328 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21329 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21330
21331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21332
21333 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21334 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21335
21336 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21337
21338 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21339 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21340
21341 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21342
21343 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21344 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21345
21346 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21347 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21348 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21349 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21350
21351 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21352 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21353 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21354 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21355 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21356 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21357 file name.
21358
21359 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21362 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21367 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21368
21369 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21370 right.
21371 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21372 bottom.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21377 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21382 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21387 Toggle printing with faces.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21392 Toggle spooling.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21397 Toggle duplex.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21402 Toggle tumble.
21403
21404 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21405 right.
21406 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21407 bottom.
21408
21409 \(fn)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21412 Toggle landscape.
21413
21414 \(fn)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21417 Toggle upside-down.
21418
21419 \(fn)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21422 Toggle line number.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21427 Toggle zebra stripes.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21432 Toggle printing header.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21437 Toggle printing header frame.
21438
21439 \(fn)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21442 Toggle menu lock.
21443
21444 \(fn)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21447 Toggle auto region.
21448
21449 \(fn)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21452 Toggle auto mode.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21457 Customization of the `printing' group.
21458
21459 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21462 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21463
21464 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21467 Help for the printing package.
21468
21469 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21470
21471 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21472 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21473
21474 \(fn)" t nil)
21475
21476 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21477 Interactively select a text printer.
21478
21479 \(fn)" t nil)
21480
21481 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21482 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21483
21484 \(fn)" t nil)
21485
21486 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21487 Show current ps-print settings.
21488
21489 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21490
21491 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21492 Show current printing settings.
21493
21494 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21495
21496 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21497 Show current lpr settings.
21498
21499 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21500
21501 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21502 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21503
21504 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21505 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21506 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21507 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21508
21509
21510 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21511
21512 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21513 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21514 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21515
21516 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21517 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21518 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21519 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21520 current active printer.
21521
21522 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21523 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21524 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21525 printer.
21526
21527 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21528 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21529 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21530 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21531 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21532
21533
21534 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21535 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21536
21537 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21538
21539 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21540 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21541 be done using the new current active printer.
21542
21543 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21544 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21545 printer.
21546
21547 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21548 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21549 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21550 instead of sending it to the printer.
21551
21552 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21553 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21554 printer.
21555
21556 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21557
21558
21559 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21560 are both set to t.
21561
21562 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21563
21564 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21565 Fast fire function for text printing.
21566
21567 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21568 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21569 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21570 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21571
21572 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21573 user for a new active text printer.
21574
21575 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21576
21577 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21578
21579 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21580 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21581 printer.
21582
21583 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21584
21585 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21586 are both set to t.
21587
21588 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21589
21590 ;;;***
21591 \f
21592 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21593 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
21594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21595
21596 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21597 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21598 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21599 Commands:
21600 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21601 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21602 if that value is non-nil.
21603
21604 \(fn)" t nil)
21605
21606 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21607
21608 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21609 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21610 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21611
21612 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21613
21614 ;;;***
21615 \f
21616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (18310 14577))
21617 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21618
21619 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21620 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21621 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21622
21623 ;;;***
21624 \f
21625 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (18310
21626 ;;;;;; 14601))
21627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21628
21629 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21630 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21631
21632 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21633
21634 The following variables hold user options, and can
21635 be set through the `customize' command:
21636
21637 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21638 `ps-mode-tab'
21639 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21640 `ps-mode-print-function'
21641 `ps-run-prompt'
21642 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21643 `ps-run-x'
21644 `ps-run-dumb'
21645 `ps-run-init'
21646 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21647 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21648
21649 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21650
21651
21652 \\{ps-mode-map}
21653
21654
21655 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21656 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21657 The keymap for this second window is:
21658
21659 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21660
21661
21662 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21663 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21664 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21665 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21666 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21667
21668 \(fn)" t nil)
21669
21670 ;;;***
21671 \f
21672 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21673 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21674 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21675 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (18310 14577))
21676 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21677
21678 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21679 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21680
21681 Valid values are:
21682
21683 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21684 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21685 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21686 changed by setting the variable
21687 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21688 The initial value of this variable is
21689 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21690 documentation).
21691
21692 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21693 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21694 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21695 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21696 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21697 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21698 test it.
21699
21700 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21701 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21702 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21703 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21704 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21705 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21706 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21707 use this value, be sure to have installed
21708 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21709 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21710 documentation of this variable).
21711
21712 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21713 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21714 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21715 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21716 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21717 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21718
21719 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21720
21721 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21722
21723 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21724 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21725 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21726
21727 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21728
21729 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21730 Not documented
21731
21732 \(fn)" nil nil)
21733
21734 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21735 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21736
21737 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21738
21739 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21740
21741 Returns the value:
21742
21743 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21744
21745 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21746 the sequence.
21747
21748 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21749
21750 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21751 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21752
21753 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21754 composition.
21755
21756 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21757
21758 Returns the value:
21759
21760 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21761
21762 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21763 the sequence.
21764
21765 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21766
21767 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21768 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21769
21770 \(fn)" nil nil)
21771
21772 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21773 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21774 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21775
21776 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21777
21778 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21779 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21780 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21781
21782 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21783
21784 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21785 Not documented
21786
21787 \(fn)" nil nil)
21788
21789 ;;;***
21790 \f
21791 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21792 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21793 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21794 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21795 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21796 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18419
21797 ;;;;;; 51077))
21798 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21799
21800 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21801 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21802 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21803
21804 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21805
21806 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21807 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21808 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21809 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21810
21811 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21812
21813 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21814 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21815
21816 Valid values are:
21817
21818 nil Do not print colors.
21819
21820 t Print colors.
21821
21822 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21823 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21824
21825 Any other value is treated as t.")
21826
21827 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21828
21829 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21830 Customization of ps-print group.
21831
21832 \(fn)" t nil)
21833
21834 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21835 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21836
21837 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21838 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21839 sending it to the printer.
21840
21841 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21842 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21843 image in a file with that name.
21844
21845 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21846
21847 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21848 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21849 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21850 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21851 so it has a way to determine color values.
21852
21853 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21854
21855 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21856 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21857 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21858
21859 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21860
21861 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21862 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21863 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21864 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21865 so it has a way to determine color values.
21866
21867 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21868
21869 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21870 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21871 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21872 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21873
21874 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21875
21876 \(fn)" t nil)
21877
21878 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21879 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21880 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21881 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21882 so it has a way to determine color values.
21883
21884 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21885
21886 \(fn)" t nil)
21887
21888 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21889 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21890 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21891
21892 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21893
21894 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21895
21896 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21897 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21898 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21899 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21900 so it has a way to determine color values.
21901
21902 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21903
21904 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21905
21906 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21907 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21908
21909 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21910 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21911 instead of sending it to the printer.
21912
21913 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21914 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21915 image in a file with that name.
21916
21917 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21918
21919 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21920 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21921 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21922 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21923 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21924
21925 \(fn)" t nil)
21926
21927 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21928 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21929 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21930
21931 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21932
21933 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21934 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21935 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21936
21937 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21938
21939 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21940 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21941
21942 \(fn)" nil nil)
21943
21944 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21945 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21946
21947 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21948 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21949
21950 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21951 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21952
21953 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21954
21955 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21956
21957 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21958
21959 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21960 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21961
21962 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21963 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21964
21965 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21966 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21967
21968 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21969
21970 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21971
21972 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21973
21974 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21975 foreground and background colors respectively.
21976
21977 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21978 bold - use bold font.
21979 italic - use italic font.
21980 underline - put a line under text.
21981 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21982 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21983 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21984 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21985 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21986
21987 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21988
21989 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21990
21991 ;;;***
21992 \f
21993 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21994 ;;;;;; (18612 9510))
21995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21996
21997 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21998
21999 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
22000
22001 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
22002
22003 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
22004 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
22005 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
22006 buffer automatically.
22007
22008 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
22009 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
22010 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
22011 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
22012 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
22013 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
22014 documentation for `python-buffer'.
22015
22016 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
22017 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
22018 buffer for a list of commands.)
22019
22020 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
22021
22022 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
22023 Major mode for editing Python files.
22024 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
22025 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
22026 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
22027 commands for running Python under Emacs.
22028
22029 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
22030 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
22031 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
22032 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
22033 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
22034 \\<python-mode-map>
22035 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
22036 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
22037 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
22038 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
22039 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
22040 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
22041
22042 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
22043 effect outside them.
22044
22045 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
22046 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
22047 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
22048 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
22049 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
22050 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
22051 form x.y only works if the components are literal
22052 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
22053 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
22054
22055 \\{python-mode-map}
22056
22057 \(fn)" t nil)
22058
22059 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
22060 Major mode for editing Jython files.
22061 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
22062 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
22063
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22065
22066 ;;;***
22067 \f
22068 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
22069 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
22070 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22071
22072 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
22073 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22074 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22075 coding-system.
22076
22077 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22078 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22079
22080 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22081 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22082 them into characters should be done separately.
22083
22084 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22085
22086 ;;;***
22087 \f
22088 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
22089 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
22090 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
22091 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
22092 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (18310 14590))
22093 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22094
22095 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
22096 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22097
22098 \(fn)" nil nil)
22099
22100 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
22101 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22102 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
22103
22104 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22105 `quail-activate', which see.
22106
22107 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22108
22109 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
22110 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22111 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22112 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22113 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22114 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22115 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22116
22117 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22118 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22119 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22120 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22121 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22122 shown.
22123 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22124
22125 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22126 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22127 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22128 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22129 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22130 list of candidates.
22131
22132 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22133 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22134 command to be called.
22135
22136 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22137 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22138 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22139 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22140
22141 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22142 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22143 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22144 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22145 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22146 to t.
22147
22148 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22149 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22150 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22151 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22152
22153 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22154 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22155 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22156 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22157
22158 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22159 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22160 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22161 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22162 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22163 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22164
22165 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22166 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22167 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22168 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22169 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22170 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22171
22172 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22173 covers Quail translation region.
22174
22175 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22176 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22177 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22178 for it) is inserted.
22179
22180 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22181 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22182 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22183
22184 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22185 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22186 non-Quail commands.
22187
22188 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22189
22190 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22191 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22192
22193 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22194 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22195 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22196 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22197 you type is correctly handled.
22198
22199 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22200
22201 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22202 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22203
22204 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22205 keyboard type.
22206
22207 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22208
22209 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22210 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22211 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22212 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22213 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22214 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22215 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22216 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22217 for the translation.
22218 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22219
22220 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22221 it is used to handle KEY.
22222
22223 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22224 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22225 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22226 the following annotation types are supported.
22227
22228 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22229 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22230
22231 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22232 candidate list.
22233
22234 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22235 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22236 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22237 inserted.
22238
22239 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22240 generated for the following translations.
22241
22242 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22243
22244 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22245 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22246
22247 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22248 which to install MAP.
22249
22250 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22251
22252 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22253
22254 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22255 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22256
22257 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22258 which to install MAP.
22259
22260 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22261
22262 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22263
22264 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22265 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22266 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22267 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22268 a function, or a cons.
22269 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22270 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22271 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22272 for the translation.
22273 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22274 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22275 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22276 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22277 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22278
22279 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22280 it is used to handle KEY.
22281
22282 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22283 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22284 current Quail package.
22285
22286 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22287 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22288
22289 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22290
22291 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22292 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22293
22294 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22295 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22296
22297 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22298
22299 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22300 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22301
22302 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22303
22304 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22305 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22306 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22307 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22308 of the Emacs source tree.
22309
22310 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22311 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22312
22313 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22314 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22315 of each directory.
22316
22317 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22318
22319 ;;;***
22320 \f
22321 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22322 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22323 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (18310
22324 ;;;;;; 14594))
22325 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22326
22327 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22328 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22329 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22330 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22331
22332 To make use of this do something like:
22333
22334 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22335
22336 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22337
22338 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22339 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22340
22341 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22342 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22343 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22344
22345 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22346
22347 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22348 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22349
22350 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22351
22352 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22353 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22354
22355 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22356 is decided.
22357
22358 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22359
22360 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22361 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22362
22363 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22364 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22365 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22366
22367 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22368
22369 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22370 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22371
22372 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22373
22374 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22375 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22376
22377 \(fn)" t nil)
22378
22379 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22380 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22381
22382 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22383
22384 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22385
22386 \(fn)" t nil)
22387
22388 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22389 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22390
22391 \(fn)" t nil)
22392
22393 ;;;***
22394 \f
22395 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22396 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (18368 9296))
22397 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22398
22399 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22400 Connect to IRC.
22401 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22402
22403 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22404
22405 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22406
22407 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22408 Not documented
22409
22410 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22411
22412 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22413 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22414 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22415 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22416 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22417 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22418
22419 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22420
22421 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22422 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22423
22424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22425
22426 ;;;***
22427 \f
22428 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (18310
22429 ;;;;;; 14594))
22430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22431
22432 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22433 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22434 See \\[compile].
22435
22436 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22437
22438 ;;;***
22439 \f
22440 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22441 ;;;;;; (18310 14581))
22442 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22443
22444 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22445
22446 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22447 Construct a regexp interactively.
22448
22449 \(fn)" t nil)
22450
22451 ;;;***
22452 \f
22453 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (18310 14577))
22454 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22455
22456 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22457 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22458 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22461 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22462
22463 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22464
22465 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22466 Toggle recentf mode.
22467 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22468 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22469
22470 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22471 that were operated on recently.
22472
22473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22474
22475 ;;;***
22476 \f
22477 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22478 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22479 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22480 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (18310
22481 ;;;;;; 14577))
22482 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22483
22484 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22485 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22486 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22487 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22488
22489 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22490
22491 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22492
22493 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22494 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22495 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22496 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22497 ends.
22498
22499 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22500 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22501 to be deleted.
22502
22503 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22504
22505 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22506 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22507 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22508
22509 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22510 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22511 deleted.
22512
22513 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22514
22515 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22516 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22517 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22518
22519 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22520
22521 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22522 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22523
22524 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22525 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22526
22527 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22528 deleted.
22529
22530 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22531 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22532 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22533 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22534 even beep.)
22535
22536 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22537
22538 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22539 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22540
22541 \(fn)" t nil)
22542
22543 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22544 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22545 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22546 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22547 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22548 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22549 and point is at the lower right corner.
22550
22551 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22552
22553 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22554 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22555
22556 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22557 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22558
22559 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22560 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22561 on the right side of the rectangle.
22562
22563 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22564
22565 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22566
22567 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22568 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22569 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22570 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22571 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22572
22573 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22574 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22575
22576 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22577
22578 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22579 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22580 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22581
22582 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22583
22584 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22585
22586 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22587
22588 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22589 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22590
22591 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22592 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22593 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22594
22595 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22596
22597 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22598 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22599 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22600
22601 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22602 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22603 rectangle which were empty.
22604
22605 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22606
22607 ;;;***
22608 \f
22609 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (18310
22610 ;;;;;; 14605))
22611 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22612
22613 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22614 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22615 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22616
22617 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22618 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22619 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22620
22621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22622
22623 ;;;***
22624 \f
22625 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22626 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (18310 14607))
22627 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22628
22629 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22630 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22631
22632 \(fn)" nil nil)
22633
22634 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22635 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22636
22637 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22638 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22639
22640 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22641 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22642 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22643 \\ref macro.
22644
22645 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22646 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22647 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22648
22649 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22650 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22651 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22652
22653 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22654 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22655
22656 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22657 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22658
22659 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22660 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22661 on the menu bar.
22662
22663 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22664
22665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22666
22667 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22668 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22669 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22670
22671 \(fn)" nil nil)
22672
22673 ;;;***
22674 \f
22675 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22676 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22678
22679 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22680 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22681 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22682 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22683 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22684 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22685
22686 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22687
22688 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22689
22690 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22691 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22692 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22693 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22694 `reftex-cite-format'.
22695
22696 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22697 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22698 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22699 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22700
22701 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22702
22703 ;;;***
22704 \f
22705 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22706 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22707 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22708
22709 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22710 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22711 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22712 the current TeX document.
22713
22714 With no argument, this command toggles
22715 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22716 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22717
22718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22719
22720 ;;;***
22721 \f
22722 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22723 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22724 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22725
22726 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22727 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22728 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22729
22730 To insert new phrases, use
22731 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22732 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22733
22734 To index phrases use one of:
22735
22736 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22737 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22738 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22739 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22740 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22741
22742 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22743 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22744
22745 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22746
22747 Here are all local bindings.
22748
22749 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22750
22751 \(fn)" t nil)
22752
22753 ;;;***
22754 \f
22755 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22756 ;;;;;; (18310 14606))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22758
22759 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22760 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22761 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22762 of master file.
22763
22764 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22765
22766 ;;;***
22767 \f
22768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (18310
22769 ;;;;;; 14606))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22771 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22772 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22773 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22774 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22775
22776 ;;;***
22777 \f
22778 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22779 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22780 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22781
22782 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22783 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22784 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22785 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22786 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22787 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22788
22789 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22790 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22791
22792 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22793 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22794
22795 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22796
22797 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22798 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22799 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22800 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22801
22802 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22803
22804 ;;;***
22805 \f
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (18310 14577))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22808
22809 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22810 Repeat most recently executed command.
22811 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
22812 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22813 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22814
22815 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22816 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22817 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22818 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22819
22820 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22821 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22822 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22823
22824 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22825
22826 ;;;***
22827 \f
22828 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22829 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
22830 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22831
22832 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22833 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22834
22835 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22836 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22837 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22838 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22839 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22840 and point is left after the salutation.
22841
22842 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22843 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22844 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22845 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22846 left after that text.
22847
22848 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22849 is non-nil.
22850
22851 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22852 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22853 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22854 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22855
22856 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22857
22858 ;;;***
22859 \f
22860 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22861 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22862 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22863
22864 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22865 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22866 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22867 visibility of comments that precede it.
22868 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22869 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22870 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22871 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22872 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22873 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22874 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22875 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22876 the comment lines.
22877 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22878 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22879 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22880 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22881 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22882
22883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22884
22885 ;;;***
22886 \f
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (18310
22888 ;;;;;; 14577))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22890
22891 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22892 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22893
22894 \(fn)" nil nil)
22895
22896 ;;;***
22897 \f
22898 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22899 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
22900 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22901
22902 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22903 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22904 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22905
22906 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22907 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22908 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22909
22910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22911
22912 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22913 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22914 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22915 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22916 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22917 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22918
22919 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22920
22921 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22922 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22923 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22924
22925 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22926 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22927 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22928
22929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22930
22931 ;;;***
22932 \f
22933 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22934 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
22935 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22936
22937 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22938 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22939
22940 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22941
22942 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22943 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22944
22945 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22946
22947 ;;;***
22948 \f
22949 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (18310 14594))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22951 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22952
22953 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22954 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22955 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22956 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22957
22958 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22959
22960 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22961 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22962 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22963 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22964
22965 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22966 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22967
22968 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22969 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22970
22971 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22972 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22973 INPUT-ARGS.
22974
22975 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22976 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22977 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22978 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22979 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22980
22981 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22982 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22983 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22984 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22985
22986 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22987 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22988 variable.
22989
22990 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22991
22992 ;;;***
22993 \f
22994 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22995 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22996 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22997 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22998 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22999 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
23000 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18368
23001 ;;;;;; 29739))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23003
23004 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
23005 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23006 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23007
23008 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23009
23010 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23011 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
23012 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
23013 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
23014
23015 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
23016
23017 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
23018 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
23019 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
23020 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
23021 value is the user's email address and name.)
23022 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
23023
23024 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
23025 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23026 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23027 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23028 which normally happens once for each message,
23029 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23030 To make a change in this variable take effect
23031 for a message that you have already viewed,
23032 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23033
23034 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
23035
23036 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23037 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23038 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23039 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23040
23041 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
23042
23043 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
23044 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23045
23046 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
23047
23048 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
23049 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23050 A value of nil means don't highlight.
23051 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
23052
23053 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
23054
23055 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
23056 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
23057
23058 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
23059
23060 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
23061 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
23062
23063 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
23064
23065 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23066 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
23067 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
23068 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
23069 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
23070
23071 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
23072
23073 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
23074 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
23075 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
23076 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
23077
23078 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
23079
23080 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
23081 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23082
23083 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
23084
23085 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
23086 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23087
23088 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
23089
23090 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
23091 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
23092
23093 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
23094
23095 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23096 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23097
23098 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
23099 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
23100
23101 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23102 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23103
23104 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
23105
23106 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
23107 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
23108
23109 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
23110 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
23111 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
23112 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
23113
23114 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23115 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23116
23117 This is set to nil by default.")
23118
23119 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
23120 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
23121 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
23122 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
23123 until a user explicitly requires it.
23124
23125 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
23126 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
23127 in your session.")
23128
23129 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
23130
23131 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
23132 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
23133 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23134 It is called with no argument.")
23135
23136 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23137 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23138 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
23139 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
23140 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23141 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23142 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23143
23144 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
23145 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
23146 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23147 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23148 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23149 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23150
23151 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23152 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23153 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23154 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23155 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23156
23157 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23158 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23159 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23160 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23161 MSG is the message number,
23162 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23163 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23164
23165 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23166 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23167 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23168 this feature is required with `require'.
23169
23170 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23171 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23172
23173 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23174 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23175 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23176 the message is decoded as normal way.
23177
23178 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23179 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23180 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23181
23182 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23183 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23184 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23185
23186 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23187 Read and edit incoming mail.
23188 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23189 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23190 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23191
23192 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23193 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23194 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23195 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23196
23197 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23198
23199 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23200
23201 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23202 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23203 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23204 Instead, these commands are available:
23205
23206 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23207 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23208 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23209 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23210 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23211 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23212 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23213 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23214 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23215 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23216 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23217 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23218 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23219 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23220 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23221 till a deleted message is found.
23222 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23223 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23224 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23225 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23226 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23227 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23228 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23229 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23230 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23231 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23232 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23233 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23234 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23235 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23236 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23237 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23238 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23239 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23240 (label defaults to last one specified).
23241 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23242 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23243 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23244 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23245 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23246 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23247 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23248 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23249 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23250
23251 \(fn)" t nil)
23252
23253 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23254 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23255
23256 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23257
23258 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23259 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23260
23261 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23262
23263 ;;;***
23264 \f
23265 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23266 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
23267 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23268
23269 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23270 Edit the contents of this message.
23271
23272 \(fn)" t nil)
23273
23274 ;;;***
23275 \f
23276 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23277 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23278 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (18310 14591))
23279 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23280
23281 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23282 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23283 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23284
23285 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23286
23287 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23288 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23289 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23290
23291 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23292
23293 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23294 Not documented
23295
23296 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23297
23298 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23299 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23300 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23301 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23302 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23303
23304 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23305
23306 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23307 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23308 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23309 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23310 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23311
23312 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23313
23314 ;;;***
23315 \f
23316 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23317 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
23318 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23319
23320 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23321 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23322 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23323 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23324
23325 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23326
23327 ;;;***
23328 \f
23329 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23330 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23331 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (18310 14591))
23332 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23333
23334 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23335 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23336 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23337 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23338 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23339 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23340 a file name as a string.")
23341
23342 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23343
23344 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23345 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23346 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23347 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23348 buffer visiting that file.
23349 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23350 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23351
23352 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23353 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23354
23355 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23356 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23357
23358 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23359 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23360
23361 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23362
23363 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23364 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23365
23366 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23367
23368 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23369 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23370 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23371 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23372 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23373
23374 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23375 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23376 will be appended with their original headers.
23377
23378 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23379 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23380
23381 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23382 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23383
23384 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23385
23386 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23387
23388 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23389 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23390 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23391
23392 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23393
23394 ;;;***
23395 \f
23396 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23397 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23398 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (18310
23399 ;;;;;; 14591))
23400 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23401
23402 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23403 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23404 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23405
23406 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23407
23408 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23409 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23410 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23411
23412 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23413
23414 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23415 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23416 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23417
23418 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23419
23420 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23421 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23422 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23423
23424 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23425
23426 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23427 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23428 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23429
23430 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23431
23432 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23433 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23434 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23435
23436 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23437
23438 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23439 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23440 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23441 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23442
23443 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23444
23445 ;;;***
23446 \f
23447 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23448 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23449 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23450 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23451 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (18310 14591))
23452 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23453
23454 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23455 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23456
23457 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23458
23459 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23460 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23461
23462 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23463
23464 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23465 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23466
23467 \(fn)" t nil)
23468
23469 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23470 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23471 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23472
23473 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23474
23475 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23476 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23477 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23478 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23479 only look in the To and From fields.
23480 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23481
23482 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23483
23484 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23485 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23486 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23487 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23488 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23489
23490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23491
23492 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23493 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23494 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23495 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23496 look in the whole message.
23497 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23498
23499 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23500
23501 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23502 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23503 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23504
23505 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23506
23507 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23508 *Function to decode summary-line.
23509
23510 By default, `identity' is set.")
23511
23512 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23513
23514 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23515 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23516 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23517 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23518 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23519 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23520 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23521
23522 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23523 sent by you under different user names.
23524 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23525
23526 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23527
23528 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23529
23530 ;;;***
23531 \f
23532 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23533 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (18310 14577))
23534 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23535
23536 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23537 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23538
23539 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23540
23541 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23542 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23543
23544 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23545
23546 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23547 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23548
23549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23550
23551 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23552 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23553 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23554
23555 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23556 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23557 in ROT13.
23558
23559 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23560
23561 \(fn)" t nil)
23562
23563 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23564 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23565
23566 \(fn)" t nil)
23567
23568 ;;;***
23569 \f
23570 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (18310
23571 ;;;;;; 14577))
23572 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23573
23574 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23575 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23576
23577 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23578
23579 ;;;***
23580 \f
23581 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18310
23582 ;;;;;; 14582))
23583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23584
23585 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23586 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23587 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23588 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23589
23590 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23591
23592 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23593 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23594 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23595 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23596
23597 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23598 notation.
23599
23600 STRING
23601 matches string STRING literally.
23602
23603 CHAR
23604 matches character CHAR literally.
23605
23606 `not-newline', `nonl'
23607 matches any character except a newline.
23608 .
23609 `anything'
23610 matches any character
23611
23612 `(any SET ...)'
23613 `(in SET ...)'
23614 `(char SET ...)'
23615 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23616 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23617 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23618
23619 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23620 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23621 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23622 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23623
23624 `(not (any SET ...))'
23625 matches any character not in SET ...
23626
23627 `line-start', `bol'
23628 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23629 in the text being matched
23630
23631 `line-end', `eol'
23632 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23633
23634 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23635 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23636 string being matched against.
23637
23638 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23639 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23640 string being matched against.
23641
23642 `buffer-start'
23643 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23644 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23645
23646 `buffer-end'
23647 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23648 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23649
23650 `point'
23651 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23652
23653 `word-start', `bow'
23654 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23655
23656 `word-end', `eow'
23657 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23658
23659 `word-boundary'
23660 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23661 word.
23662
23663 `(not word-boundary)'
23664 `not-word-boundary'
23665 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23666 word.
23667
23668 `symbol-start'
23669 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23670
23671 `symbol-end'
23672 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23673
23674 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23675 matches 0 through 9.
23676
23677 `control', `cntrl'
23678 matches ASCII control characters.
23679
23680 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23681 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23682
23683 `blank'
23684 matches space and tab only.
23685
23686 `graphic', `graph'
23687 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23688 space, and DEL.
23689
23690 `printing', `print'
23691 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23692 and DEL.
23693
23694 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23695 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23696 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23697
23698 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23699 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23700 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23701
23702 `ascii'
23703 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23704
23705 `nonascii'
23706 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23707
23708 `lower', `lower-case'
23709 matches anything lower-case.
23710
23711 `upper', `upper-case'
23712 matches anything upper-case.
23713
23714 `punctuation', `punct'
23715 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23716 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23717
23718 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23719 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23720
23721 `word', `wordchar'
23722 matches anything that has word syntax.
23723
23724 `not-wordchar'
23725 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23726
23727 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23728 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23729 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23730 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23731
23732 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23733 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23734 `word' (\\sw)
23735 `symbol' (\\s_)
23736 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23737 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23738 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23739 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23740 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23741 `escape' (\\s\\)
23742 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23743 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23744 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23745 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23746 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23747
23748 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23749 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23750
23751 `(category CATEGORY)'
23752 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23753 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23754
23755 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23756 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23757 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23758 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23759 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23760 `symbol' (\\c5)
23761 `digit' (\\c6)
23762 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23763 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23764 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23765 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23766 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23767 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23768 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23769 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23770 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23771 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23772 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23773 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23774 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23775 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23776 `ascii' (\\ca)
23777 `arabic' (\\cb)
23778 `chinese' (\\cc)
23779 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23780 `greek' (\\cg)
23781 `korean' (\\ch)
23782 `indian' (\\ci)
23783 `japanese' (\\cj)
23784 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23785 `latin' (\\cl)
23786 `lao' (\\co)
23787 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23788 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23789 `thai' (\\ct)
23790 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23791 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23792 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23793 `can-break' (\\c|)
23794
23795 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23796 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23797
23798 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23799 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23800 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23801 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23802 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23803
23804 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23805 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23806 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23807 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23808
23809 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23810 another name for `submatch'.
23811
23812 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23813 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23814 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23815 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23816 regular expression.
23817
23818 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23819 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23820 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23821 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23822 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23823
23824 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23825 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23826
23827 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23828 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23829
23830 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23831 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23832 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23833
23834 `(* SEXP ...)'
23835 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23836 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23837
23838 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23839 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23840 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23841
23842 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23843 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23844 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23845
23846 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23847 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23848
23849 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23850 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23851
23852 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23853 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23854 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23855 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23856
23857 `(? SEXP ...)'
23858 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23859
23860 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23861 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23862
23863 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23864 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23865 matches N occurrences.
23866
23867 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23868 matches N or more occurrences.
23869
23870 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23871 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23872 matches N to M occurrences.
23873
23874 `(backref N)'
23875 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23876
23877 `(backref N)'
23878 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23879
23880 `(backref N)'
23881 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23882
23883 `(eval FORM)'
23884 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23885 `regexp-quote' it.
23886
23887 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23888 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23889
23890 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23891
23892 ;;;***
23893 \f
23894 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23895 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23896 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23897
23898 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23899 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23900 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23901 interface.")
23902
23903 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23904
23905 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23906 Toggle savehist-mode.
23907 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23908 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23909 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23910 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23911
23912 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23913 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23914 which is probably undesirable.
23915
23916 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23917
23918 ;;;***
23919 \f
23920 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23921 ;;;;;; (18368 9297))
23922 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23923
23924 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23925 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23926 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23927
23928 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23929 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23930 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23931 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23932 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23933 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23934 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23935 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23936
23937 Commands:
23938 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23939 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23940 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23941 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23942 if that value is non-nil.
23943
23944 \(fn)" t nil)
23945
23946 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23947 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23948 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23949
23950 Commands:
23951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23952 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23953 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23954 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23955 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23956 that variable's value is a string.
23957
23958 \(fn)" t nil)
23959
23960 ;;;***
23961 \f
23962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23963 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23965
23966 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23967 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23968 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23969
23970 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23971
23972 \(fn)" t nil)
23973
23974 ;;;***
23975 \f
23976 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23977 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
23978 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23979
23980 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23981 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23982 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23983 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23984 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23985 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23986
23987 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23988
23989 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23990 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23991 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23992 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23993 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23994
23995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23996
23997 ;;;***
23998 \f
23999 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
24000 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24001 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24002
24003 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
24004 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24005 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
24006 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
24007 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
24008 during scrolling.
24009
24010 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24011
24012 ;;;***
24013 \f
24014 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
24015 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
24016 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
24017 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
24018 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
24019 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
24020 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
24021 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
24022 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (18310 14591))
24023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24024
24025 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
24026 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24027
24028 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
24029 king@grassland.com
24030 If `parens', they look like:
24031 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24032 If `angles', they look like:
24033 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24034 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
24035 derived from the envelope-from address.
24036
24037 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
24038 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
24039 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
24040 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
24041
24042 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
24043
24044 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24045 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24046 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24047 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24048
24049 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24050 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24051 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24052 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24053
24054 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
24055
24056 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24057 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24058 This is done when the message is initialized,
24059 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24060
24061 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
24062
24063 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
24064 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24065 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
24066
24067 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
24068
24069 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
24070
24071 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
24072 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24073 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24074 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24075 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24076 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24077 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24078
24079 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
24080
24081 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24082 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24083
24084 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
24085
24086 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24087 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24088 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24089
24090 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
24091
24092 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24093 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24094 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24095 when you first send mail.")
24096
24097 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
24098
24099 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24100 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24101 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24102 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24103 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24104
24105 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24106
24107 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24108 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24109 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24110 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24111 This file need not actually exist.")
24112
24113 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24114
24115 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24116 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24117 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24118
24119 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
24120
24121 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24122 Alist of mail address aliases,
24123 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24124 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24125 can specify a different file name.)
24126 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24127 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24128
24129 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24130 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24131 nil means use indentation.")
24132
24133 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24134
24135 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24136 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24137 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24138
24139 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24140
24141 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24142 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24143 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24144 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24145 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24146 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24147 in the cited portion of the message.
24148
24149 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24150 instead of no action.")
24151
24152 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24153
24154 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24155 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24156 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24157 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24158 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24159
24160 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24161
24162 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24163 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24164 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24165 If a string, that string is inserted.
24166 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24167 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24168 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24169 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24170
24171 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24172
24173 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24174 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24175
24176 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24177
24178 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24179 Directory for mail buffers.
24180 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24181 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24182
24183 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24184
24185 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24186 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24187 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24188 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24189
24190 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24191
24192 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24193 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24194 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24195 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24196 is non-nil.")
24197
24198 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24199
24200 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24201 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24202 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24203 `query' means ask the user each time.
24204 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24205 The default is `mime'.
24206 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24207 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24208
24209 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24210
24211 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24212 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24213 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24214
24215 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24216 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24217
24218 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24219 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24220 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24221 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24222 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24223 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24224 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24225 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24226 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24227 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24228 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24229 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24230 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24231
24232 \(fn)" t nil)
24233
24234 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24235 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24236
24237 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24238 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24239
24240 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24241
24242 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24243 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24244 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24245 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24246 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24247 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24248
24249 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24250 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24251 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24252
24253 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24254 User should not set this variable manually,
24255 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24256 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24257 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24258 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24259
24260 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24261 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24262 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24263 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24264
24265 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24266 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24267
24268 \\<mail-mode-map>
24269 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24270
24271 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24272 to move to message header fields:
24273 \\{mail-mode-map}
24274
24275 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24276 when the message is initialized.
24277
24278 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24279 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24280
24281 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24282 is inserted.
24283
24284 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24285 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24286
24287 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24288 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24289 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24290 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24291 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24292 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24293 buffer without erasing the contents.
24294
24295 The second through fifth arguments,
24296 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24297 the initial contents of those header fields.
24298 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24299 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24300 original message being replied to, or else an action
24301 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24302 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24303 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24304 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24305 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24306 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24307
24308 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24309
24310 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24311 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24312
24313 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24314
24315 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24316 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24317
24318 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24319
24320 ;;;***
24321 \f
24322 ;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
24323 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
24324 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24325
24326 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24327 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24328 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24329 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24330 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24331 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24332
24333 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24334 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24335
24336 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24337
24338 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24339 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24340 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24341 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24342 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24343 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24344
24345 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24346
24347 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24348 Toggle Server mode.
24349 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24350 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24351 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24352
24353 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24354
24355 ;;;***
24356 \f
24357 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (18310 14577))
24358 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24359
24360 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24361 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24362 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24363
24364 Key definitions:
24365 \\{ses-mode-map}
24366 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24367 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24368 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24369 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24370
24371 \(fn)" t nil)
24372
24373 ;;;***
24374 \f
24375 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24376 ;;;;;; (18368 9298))
24377 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24378
24379 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24380 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24381 Makes > match <.
24382 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24383 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24384
24385 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24386 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24387 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24388
24389 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24390 in your `.emacs' file.
24391
24392 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24393
24394 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24395 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24396 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24397
24398 \(fn)" t nil)
24399
24400 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24401
24402 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24403 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24404 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24405 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24406 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24407 which this is based.
24408
24409 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24410
24411 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24412 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24413 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24414 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24415
24416 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24417 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24418 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24419
24420 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24421 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24422 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24423 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24424
24425 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24426 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24427 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24428 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24429
24430 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24431
24432 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24433 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24434 To work around that, do:
24435 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24436
24437 \\{html-mode-map}
24438
24439 \(fn)" t nil)
24440
24441 ;;;***
24442 \f
24443 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24444 ;;;;;; (18368 29740))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24446 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24447
24448 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24449 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24450 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24451 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24452 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24453 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24454
24455 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24456 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24457 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24458 shell-specific features.
24459
24460 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24461 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24462 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24463 \\<sh-mode-map>
24464 \\[sh-case] case statement
24465 \\[sh-for] for loop
24466 \\[sh-function] function definition
24467 \\[sh-if] if statement
24468 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24469 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24470 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24471 \\[sh-select] select loop
24472 \\[sh-until] until loop
24473 \\[sh-while] while loop
24474
24475 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24476 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24477 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24478 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24479 would indent to the way it currently is.
24480 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24481 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24482
24483
24484 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24485 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24486 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24487 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24488 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24489 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24490
24491 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24492 {, (, [, ', \", `
24493 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24494
24495 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24496 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24497 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24498
24499 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24500 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24501
24502 \(fn)" t nil)
24503
24504 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24505
24506 ;;;***
24507 \f
24508 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (18310 14589))
24509 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24510
24511 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24512 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24513 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24514 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24515 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24516 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24517
24518 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24519
24520 ;;;***
24521 \f
24522 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24523 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24525
24526 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24527 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24528
24529 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24530 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24531 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24532 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24533 the earlier.
24534
24535 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24536
24537 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24538
24539 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24540 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24541 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24542
24543 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24544 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24545
24546 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24547 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24548 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24549 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24550 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24551 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24552 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24553 Emacs version).
24554
24555 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24556 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24557 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24558 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24559 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24560
24561 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24562 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24563 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24564
24565 \(fn)" t nil)
24566
24567 ;;;***
24568 \f
24569 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24570 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (18310
24571 ;;;;;; 14577))
24572 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24573
24574 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24575 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24576 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24577 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24578 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24579 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24580 sites in the cluster.
24581
24582 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24583
24584 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24585 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24586 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24587 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24588 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24589
24590 \(fn)" t nil)
24591
24592 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24593 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24594 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24595 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24596 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24597 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24598 `shadow-define-cluster').
24599
24600 \(fn)" t nil)
24601
24602 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24603 Set up file shadowing.
24604
24605 \(fn)" t nil)
24606
24607 ;;;***
24608 \f
24609 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24610 ;;;;;; (18567 43470))
24611 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24612
24613 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24614 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24615 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24616 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24617 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24618 arguments.")
24619
24620 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24621
24622 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24623 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24624 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24625 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24626 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24627 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24628 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24629 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24630 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24631 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24632 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24633 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24634 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24635 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24636
24637 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24638 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24639 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24640 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24641 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24642 `default-process-coding-system'.
24643
24644 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24645 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24646 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24647 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24648
24649 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24650
24651 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24652 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24653
24654 ;;;***
24655 \f
24656 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24657 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (18310 14589))
24658 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24659
24660 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24661 Not documented
24662
24663 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24664
24665 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24666 Not documented
24667
24668 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24669
24670 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24671 Not documented
24672
24673 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24674
24675 ;;;***
24676 \f
24677 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24678 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24679 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24680
24681 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24682 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24683 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24684 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24685 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24686
24687 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24688
24689 \(fn)" t nil)
24690
24691 ;;;***
24692 \f
24693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18593 55294))
24694 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24695 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24696
24697 ;;;***
24698 \f
24699 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (18310
24700 ;;;;;; 14601))
24701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24702
24703 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24704 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24705 \\{simula-mode-map}
24706 Variables controlling indentation style:
24707 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24708 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24709 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24710 `simula-indent-level'
24711 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24712 `simula-substatement-offset'
24713 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24714 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24715 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24716 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24717 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24718 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24719 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24720 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24721 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24722 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24723 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24724 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24725 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24726 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24727 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24728 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24729 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24730 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24731 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24732 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24733 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24734 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24735 or nil if they should not be changed.
24736 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24737 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24738 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24739 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24740
24741 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24742 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24743
24744 \(fn)" t nil)
24745
24746 ;;;***
24747 \f
24748 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24749 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (18310 14577))
24750 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24751
24752 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24753 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24754
24755 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24756 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24757 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24758 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24759
24760 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24761
24762 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24763 Insert SKELETON.
24764 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24765 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24766 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24767 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24768 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24769
24770 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24771 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24772
24773 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24774
24775 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24776 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24777
24778 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24779 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24780 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24781 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24782
24783 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24784 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24785 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24786 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24787
24788 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24789 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24790 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24791
24792 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24793 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24794
24795 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24796 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24797
24798 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24799 _ interesting point, interregion here
24800 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24801 interesting point set by _
24802 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24803 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24804 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24805 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24806 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24807 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24808 nil skipped
24809
24810 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24811 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24812
24813 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24814 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24815 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24816 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24817 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24818 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24819 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24820 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24821
24822 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24823 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24824 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24825 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24826 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24827 available:
24828
24829 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24830 then: insert previously read string once more
24831 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24832 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24833 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24834
24835 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24836 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24837
24838 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24839
24840 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24841 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24842
24843 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24844 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24845 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24846 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24847 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24848 such as backslash.
24849
24850 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24851 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24852 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24853
24854 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24855
24856 ;;;***
24857 \f
24858 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24859 ;;;;;; (18469 40408))
24860 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24861
24862 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24863 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24864 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24865 buffer names.
24866
24867 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24868
24869 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24870 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24871 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24872
24873 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24874
24875 ;;;***
24876 \f
24877 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24878 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
24879 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24880
24881 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24882 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24883 A list of images is returned.
24884
24885 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24886
24887 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24888 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24889 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24890
24891 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24892
24893 ;;;***
24894 \f
24895 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24896 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (18310 14591))
24897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24898
24899 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24900 Not documented
24901
24902 \(fn)" nil nil)
24903
24904 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24905 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24906
24907 \(fn)" t nil)
24908
24909 ;;;***
24910 \f
24911 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (18310 14597))
24912 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24913
24914 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24915 Play the Snake game.
24916 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24917
24918 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24919
24920 Snake mode keybindings:
24921 \\<snake-mode-map>
24922 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24923 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24924 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24925 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24926 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24927 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24928 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24929
24930 \(fn)" t nil)
24931
24932 ;;;***
24933 \f
24934 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24935 ;;;;;; (18310 14594))
24936 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24937
24938 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24939 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24940 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24941 Tab indents for C code.
24942 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24943 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24944 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24945 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24946 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24947
24948 \(fn)" t nil)
24949
24950 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24951 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24952 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24953 Tab indents for C code.
24954 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24955 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24956 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24957 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24958 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24959
24960 \(fn)" t nil)
24961
24962 ;;;***
24963 \f
24964 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24965 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24966 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (18310 14580))
24967 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24968
24969 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24970 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24971
24972 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24973 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24974 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24975
24976 For example, the form
24977
24978 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24979 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24980
24981 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24982
24983 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24984
24985 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24986 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24987
24988 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24989 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24990 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24991 York City.
24992
24993 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24994
24995 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24996
24997 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24998 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24999
25000 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
25001 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
25002 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
25003 York City.
25004
25005 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25006
25007 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
25008
25009 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
25010 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
25011 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
25012 pair.
25013
25014 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
25015
25016 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
25017
25018 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
25019 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25020 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
25021
25022 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
25023 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25024
25025 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
25026
25027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25028
25029 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
25030 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
25031 Requires floating point.
25032
25033 \(fn)" nil nil)
25034
25035 ;;;***
25036 \f
25037 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (18612
25038 ;;;;;; 9510))
25039 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25040
25041 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
25042 Play Solitaire.
25043
25044 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25045 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25046 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25047 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25048 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25049 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25050 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25051 check after each move or undo.)
25052
25053 What is Solitaire?
25054
25055 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25056 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25057 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25058
25059 Le Solitaire
25060 ============
25061
25062 o o o
25063
25064 o o o
25065
25066 o o o o o o o
25067
25068 o o o . o o o
25069
25070 o o o o o o o
25071
25072 o o o
25073
25074 o o o
25075
25076 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25077 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25078 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25079 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25080
25081 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25082 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25083 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25084 this: o o .
25085
25086 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25087 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25088
25089 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25090
25091 o o o
25092
25093 . o o
25094
25095 o o . o o o o
25096
25097 o . o o o o o
25098
25099 o o o o o o o
25100
25101 o o o
25102
25103 o o o
25104
25105 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25106
25107 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25108
25109 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25110
25111 ;;;***
25112 \f
25113 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25114 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25115 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (18310 14577))
25116 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25117 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25118
25119 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25120 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25121
25122 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25123 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25124 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25125 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25126 contiguous.
25127
25128 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25129 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25130 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25131 the sort order.
25132
25133 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25134 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25135
25136 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25137 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25138 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25139 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25140 is called.
25141
25142 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25143 It should move point to the end of the record.
25144
25145 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25146 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25147 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25148 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25149 starts at the beginning of the record.
25150
25151 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25152 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25153 same as ENDRECFUN.
25154
25155 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25156 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25157
25158 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25159
25160 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25161 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25162 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25163 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25164 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25165 the sort order.
25166
25167 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25168
25169 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25170 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25171 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25172 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25173 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25174 the sort order.
25175
25176 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25177
25178 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25179 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25180 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25181 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25182 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25183 the sort order.
25184
25185 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25186 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25187
25188 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25189 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25190 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25191 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25192 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25193 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25194 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25195 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25196 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25197
25198 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25199
25200 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25201 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25202 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25203 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25204 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25205 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25206 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25207 the sort order.
25208
25209 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25210
25211 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25212 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25213 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25214 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25215 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25216 is to be used for sorting.
25217 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25218 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25219 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25220 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25221 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25222
25223 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25224
25225 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25226 the sort order.
25227
25228 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25229 starting with the letter \"f\",
25230 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25231
25232 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25233
25234 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25235 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25236 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25237 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25238 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25239 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25240 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25241 the sort order.
25242
25243 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25244 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25245 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25246 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25247 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25248
25249 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25250
25251 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25252 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25253 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25254
25255 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25256
25257 ;;;***
25258 \f
25259 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (18310
25260 ;;;;;; 14589))
25261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25262
25263 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25264 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25265
25266 \(fn)" t nil)
25267
25268 ;;;***
25269 \f
25270 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25271 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25272 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (18310 14589))
25273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25274
25275 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25276 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25277
25278 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25279 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25280 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25281
25282 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25283
25284 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25285 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25286 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25287 server.
25288
25289 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25290
25291 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25292 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25293 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25294
25295 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25296
25297 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25298 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25299 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25300 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25301 Agent is plugged.
25302
25303 \(fn)" t nil)
25304
25305 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25306 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25307 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25308 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25309
25310 \(fn)" t nil)
25311
25312 ;;;***
25313 \f
25314 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25315 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (18612 9509))
25316 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25317
25318 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25319
25320 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25321 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25322 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25323 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25324 supported at a time.
25325 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25326 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25327
25328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25329
25330 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25331 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25332 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25333 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25334
25335 \(fn)" t nil)
25336
25337 ;;;***
25338 \f
25339 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25340 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (18310 14607))
25341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25342
25343 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25344
25345 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25346 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25347 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25348 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25349 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25350 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25351
25352 \(fn)" t nil)
25353
25354 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25355 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25356 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25357 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25358
25359 \(fn)" t nil)
25360
25361 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25362 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25363 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25364 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25365 for example, \"word\".
25366
25367 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25368
25369 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25370 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25371
25372 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25373
25374 ;;;***
25375 \f
25376 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (18310
25377 ;;;;;; 14597))
25378 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25379
25380 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25381 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25382
25383 \(fn)" t nil)
25384
25385 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25386 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25387
25388 \(fn)" nil nil)
25389
25390 ;;;***
25391 \f
25392 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25393 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25394 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25395 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (18310
25396 ;;;;;; 14601))
25397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25398
25399 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25400 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25401
25402 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25403 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25404 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25405 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25406 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25407 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25408 of the current highlighting list.
25409
25410 For example:
25411
25412 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25413 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25414
25415 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25416 `_t' as data types.
25417
25418 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25419
25420 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25421 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25422
25423 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25424 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25425
25426 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25427
25428 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25429 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25430 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25431
25432 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25433
25434 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25435 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25436 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25437 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25438 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25439 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25440 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25441 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25442 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25443
25444 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25445
25446 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25447 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25448 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25449 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25450
25451 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25452 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25453 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25454 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25455
25456 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25457 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25458 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25459
25460 \(fn)" t nil)
25461
25462 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25463 Major mode to edit SQL.
25464
25465 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25466 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25467 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25468
25469 \\{sql-mode-map}
25470 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25471
25472 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25473 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25474 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25475 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25476 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25477 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25478
25479 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25480 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25481
25482 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25483 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25484 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25485
25486 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25487 (lambda ()
25488 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25489
25490 \(fn)" t nil)
25491
25492 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25493 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25494
25495 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25496 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25497 `*SQL*'.
25498
25499 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25500
25501 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25502
25503 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25504 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25505
25506 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25507 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25508 `*SQL*'.
25509
25510 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25511 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25512 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25513 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25514
25515 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25516 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25517
25518 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25519 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25520 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25521 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25522 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25523 `default-process-coding-system'.
25524
25525 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25526
25527 \(fn)" t nil)
25528
25529 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25530 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25531
25532 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25533 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25534 `*SQL*'.
25535
25536 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25537 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25538 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25539 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25540
25541 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25542 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25543
25544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25549 `default-process-coding-system'.
25550
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25552
25553 \(fn)" t nil)
25554
25555 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25556 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25557
25558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25560 `*SQL*'.
25561
25562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25563 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25564
25565 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25566 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25567
25568 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25569 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25571 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25572 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25573 `default-process-coding-system'.
25574
25575 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25576
25577 \(fn)" t nil)
25578
25579 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25580 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25581
25582 SQLite is free software.
25583
25584 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25585 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25586 `*SQL*'.
25587
25588 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25589 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25590 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25591 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25592
25593 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25594 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25595
25596 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25597 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25598 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25599 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25600 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25601 `default-process-coding-system'.
25602
25603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25604
25605 \(fn)" t nil)
25606
25607 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25608 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25609
25610 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25611
25612 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25613 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25614 `*SQL*'.
25615
25616 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25617 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25618 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25619 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25620
25621 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25622 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25623
25624 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25625 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25626 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25627 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25628 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25629 `default-process-coding-system'.
25630
25631 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25632
25633 \(fn)" t nil)
25634
25635 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25636 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25637
25638 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25639 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25640 `*SQL*'.
25641
25642 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25643 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25644 defaults, if set.
25645
25646 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25647 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25648
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25655
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25657
25658 \(fn)" t nil)
25659
25660 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25661 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25662
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25666
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25668 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25669
25670 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25672
25673 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25674 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25675 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25676 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25677 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25678 `default-process-coding-system'.
25679
25680 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25681
25682 \(fn)" t nil)
25683
25684 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25685 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25686
25687 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25688 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25689 `*SQL*'.
25690
25691 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25692 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25693 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25694 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25695
25696 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25697 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25698
25699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25701 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25704 `default-process-coding-system'.
25705
25706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25707
25708 \(fn)" t nil)
25709
25710 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25711 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25712
25713 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25714 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25715 `*SQL*'.
25716
25717 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25718 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25719 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25720 `sql-postgres-options'.
25721
25722 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25723 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25724
25725 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25726 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25727 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25728 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25729 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25730 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25731 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25732 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25733
25734 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25735 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25736
25737 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25738
25739 \(fn)" t nil)
25740
25741 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25742 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25743
25744 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25745 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25746 `*SQL*'.
25747
25748 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25749 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25750 defaults, if set.
25751
25752 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25753 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25754
25755 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25756 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25757 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25758 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25759 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25760 `default-process-coding-system'.
25761
25762 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25763
25764 \(fn)" t nil)
25765
25766 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25767 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25768
25769 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25770 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25771 `*SQL*'.
25772
25773 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25774 automatic login.
25775
25776 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25777 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25778
25779 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25780 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25781 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25782 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25783
25784 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25785 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25786 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25787 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25788 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25789 `default-process-coding-system'.
25790
25791 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25792
25793 \(fn)" t nil)
25794
25795 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25796 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25797
25798 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25799 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25800 `*SQL*'.
25801
25802 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25803 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25804 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25805 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25806 parameters.
25807
25808 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25809 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25810 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25811 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25812 an empty password.
25813
25814 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25815 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25816
25817 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25818
25819 \(fn)" t nil)
25820
25821 ;;;***
25822 \f
25823 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25824 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25825 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25826 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25827 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (18310
25828 ;;;;;; 14577))
25829 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25830
25831 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25832 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25833 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25834 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25835 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25836 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25837
25838 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25839
25840 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25841
25842 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25843 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25844 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25845 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25846 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25847 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25848 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25849
25850 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25851
25852 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25853 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25854 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25855 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25856 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25857 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25858 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25859
25860 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25861
25862 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25863 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25864 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25865
25866 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25869 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25870 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25871
25872 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25873
25874 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25875 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25876
25877 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25878
25879 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25880 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25881
25882 \(fn)" t nil)
25883
25884 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25885 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25886
25887 \(fn)" t nil)
25888
25889 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25890 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25891 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25892 chronologically by command name.
25893 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25894
25895 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25896
25897 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25898 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25899 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25900 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25901 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25902 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25903
25904 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25905
25906 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25907 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25908 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25909 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25910 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25911 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25912 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25913
25914 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25915 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25916 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25917 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25918
25919 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25920
25921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25924 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25925 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25926 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25927
25928 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25929
25930 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25931 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25932
25933 \(fn)" t nil)
25934
25935 ;;;***
25936 \f
25937 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25938 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25939 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25940
25941 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25942 Studlify-case the region.
25943
25944 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25945
25946 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25947 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25948
25949 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25950
25951 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25952 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25953
25954 \(fn)" t nil)
25955
25956 ;;;***
25957 \f
25958 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (18621 22670))
25959 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25960
25961 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25962 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25963 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25964 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25965 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25966 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25967
25968 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25969 is used instead of `load-path'.
25970
25971 When called from a program, the file name is normally returned as a
25972 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25973 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25974
25975 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25976
25977 ;;;***
25978 \f
25979 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25980 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
25981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25982
25983 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25984 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25985 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25986 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25987 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25988 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25989 original message but it does require a few things:
25990
25991 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25992
25993 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25994 reply buffer.
25995
25996 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25997 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25998 original message.
25999
26000 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26001
26002 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26003
26004 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
26005 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
26006 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26007
26008 \(fn)" nil nil)
26009
26010 ;;;***
26011 \f
26012 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18310 14577))
26013 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26014
26015 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
26016 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
26017 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26018 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26019 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26020 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
26021
26022 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
26023
26024 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
26025 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
26026 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn it
26027 off.
26028
26029 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
26030 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26031 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
26032
26033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26034
26035 ;;;***
26036 \f
26037 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (18310 14577))
26038 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26039
26040 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
26041 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26042 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26043 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26044 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26045
26046 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26047
26048 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
26049 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26050 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26051 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26052 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26053 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26054 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26055
26056 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26057
26058 ;;;***
26059 \f
26060 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26061 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26062 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26063 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26064 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26065 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26066 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26067 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26068 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26069 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26070 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26071 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26072 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18310 14607))
26073 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26074
26075 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26076 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26077 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26078
26079 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
26080
26081 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26082 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26083
26084 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
26085
26086 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26087 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26088
26089 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
26090
26091 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26092 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26093
26094 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
26095
26096 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
26097 Insert an editable text table.
26098 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26099 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26100 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26101 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26102 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26103 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26104 delimiting them.
26105
26106 Examples:
26107
26108 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26109
26110 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26111 location of point.
26112
26113 -!-
26114
26115 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26116 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26117 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26118 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26119 first cell.
26120
26121 +-----+-----+-----+
26122 |-!- | | |
26123 +-----+-----+-----+
26124
26125 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26126
26127 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26128 width, which results as
26129
26130 +--------------+-----+-----+
26131 |-!- | | |
26132 +--------------+-----+-----+
26133
26134 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26135 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26136
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26138 | | |-!- |
26139 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26140
26141 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26142 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26143 width information to `table-insert'.
26144
26145 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26146
26147 instead of
26148
26149 Cell width(s): 5
26150
26151 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26152 work all together.
26153
26154 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26155 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26156
26157 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26158 |-!- | | |
26159 | | | |
26160 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26161
26162 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26163
26164 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26165 |-!- | | |
26166 | | | |
26167 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26168 | | | |
26169 | | | |
26170 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26171
26172 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26173
26174 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 | | | |
26176 | | | |
26177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26178 | | | |
26179 | | | |
26180 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26181 -!-
26182
26183 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26184 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26185 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26186
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 | | | |
26189 | | | |
26190 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26191 | | | |
26192 | | | |
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26194 |-!- | | |
26195 | | | |
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197
26198 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26199 results.
26200
26201 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26202 | | | |
26203 | | | |
26204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26205 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26206 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26207 | | |expected results.-!- |
26208 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26209 | | | |
26210 | | | |
26211 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26212
26213 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26214
26215 \\{table-cell-map}
26216
26217 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26218
26219 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26220 Insert N table row(s).
26221 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26222 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26223 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26224 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26225
26226 \(fn N)" t nil)
26227
26228 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26229 Insert N table column(s).
26230 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26231 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26232 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26233 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26234
26235 \(fn N)" t nil)
26236
26237 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26238 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26239 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26240
26241 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26242
26243 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26244 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26245 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26246 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26247 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26248 all the table specific features.
26249
26250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26251
26252 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26253 Not documented
26254
26255 \(fn)" t nil)
26256
26257 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26258 Recognize all tables within region.
26259 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26260 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26261 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26262 specific features.
26263
26264 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26265
26266 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26267 Not documented
26268
26269 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26270
26271 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26272 Recognize a table at point.
26273 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26274 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26275 the table specific features.
26276
26277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26278
26279 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26280 Not documented
26281
26282 \(fn)" t nil)
26283
26284 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26285 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26286 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26287 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26288 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26289 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26290 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26291
26292 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26293
26294 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26295 Not documented
26296
26297 \(fn)" t nil)
26298
26299 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26300 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26301 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26302 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26303 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26304 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26305 specified.
26306
26307 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26308
26309 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26310 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26311 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26312 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26313 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26314 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26315 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26316 table structure.
26317
26318 \(fn N)" t nil)
26319
26320 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26321 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26322 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26323 table's rectangle structure.
26324
26325 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26326
26327 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26328 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26329 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26330 table's rectangle structure.
26331
26332 \(fn N)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26335 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26336 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26337 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26338 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26339
26340 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26341
26342 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26343 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26344 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26345
26346 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26347 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26348 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26349 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26350 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26351 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26352 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26353
26354 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26355 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26356 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26357 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26358 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26359 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26360 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26361
26362 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26363 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26364 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26365 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26366 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26367 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26368 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26369 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26370
26371 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26372
26373 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26374 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26375 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26376 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26377
26378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26379
26380 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26381 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26382 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26383
26384 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26385
26386 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26387 Split current cell vertically.
26388 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26389
26390 \(fn)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26393 Split current cell horizontally.
26394 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26395
26396 \(fn)" t nil)
26397
26398 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26399 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26400 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26401
26402 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26403
26404 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26405 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26406 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26407 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26408
26409 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26410
26411 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26412 Justify cell contents.
26413 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26414 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26415 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26416 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26417
26418 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26419
26420 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26421 Justify cells of a row.
26422 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26423 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26424
26425 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26426
26427 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26428 Justify cells of a column.
26429 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26430 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26431
26432 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26433
26434 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26435 Toggle fixing width mode.
26436 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26437 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26438 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26439
26440 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26443 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26444 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26445 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26446 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26447 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26448 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26449 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26450 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26451 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26452 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26453
26454 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26455
26456 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26457 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26458 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26459 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26460 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26461 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26462 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26463 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26464 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26465 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26466 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26467 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26468 untouched.
26469
26470 References used for this implementation:
26471
26472 HTML:
26473 http://www.w3.org
26474
26475 LaTeX:
26476 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26477
26478 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26479 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26480 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26481
26482 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26485 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26486 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26487 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26488 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26489 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26490 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26491 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26492 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26493 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26494 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26495 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26496 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26497 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26498 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26499 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26500 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26501
26502 Example:
26503
26504 (progn
26505 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26506 (table-forward-cell 15)
26507 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26508 (table-forward-cell 16)
26509 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26510 (table-forward-cell 1)
26511 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26512
26513 (progn
26514 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26515 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26516 (table-forward-cell 1)
26517 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26518
26519 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26520
26521 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26522 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26523 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26524 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26525 consists from cells of same height.
26526
26527 \(fn N)" t nil)
26528
26529 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26530 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26531 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26532 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26533 column must consists from cells of same width.
26534
26535 \(fn N)" t nil)
26536
26537 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26538 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26539 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26540 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26541 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26542 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26543 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26544 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26545 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26546 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26547 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26548 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26549 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26550 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26551 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26552
26553
26554 Example 1:
26555
26556 1, 2, 3, 4
26557 5, 6, 7, 8
26558 , 9, 10
26559
26560 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26561 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26562 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26563 specified as 5.
26564
26565 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26566 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26567 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26568 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26569 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26570 | | 9 | 10 | |
26571 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26572
26573 Note:
26574
26575 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26576 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26577 of each row is optional.
26578
26579
26580 Example 2:
26581
26582 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26583 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26584 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26585 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26586 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26587
26588 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26589 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26590
26591 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26592 expression and raw delimiter regular
26593 expression, it parses the specified text
26594 area and extracts cell items from
26595 non-table text and then forms a table out
26596 of them.
26597
26598 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26599 creates a single cell table. The text in
26600 the specified region is placed in that
26601 cell.-*-
26602
26603 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26604 like this.
26605
26606 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26607 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26608 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26609 | |
26610 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26611 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26612 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26613 | area and extracts cell items from |
26614 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26615 | of them. |
26616 | |
26617 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26618 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26619 | the specified region is placed in that |
26620 | cell. |
26621 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26622
26623 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26624 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26625 independently.
26626
26627 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26628 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26629 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26630 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26631 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26632 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26633 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26634 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26635 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26636 | |of them. |
26637 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26638 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26639 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26640 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26641 | |cell. |
26642 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26643
26644 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26645 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26646 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26647
26648 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26649
26650 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26651 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26652 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26653 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26654 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26655
26656 \(fn)" t nil)
26657
26658 ;;;***
26659 \f
26660 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (18310 14577))
26661 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26662
26663 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26664 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26665
26666 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26667
26668 ;;;***
26669 \f
26670 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18490 63050))
26671 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26672
26673 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26674 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26675 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26676 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26677 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26678 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26679 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26680
26681 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26682 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26683 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26684 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26685
26686 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26687 \\{tar-mode-map}
26688
26689 \(fn)" t nil)
26690
26691 ;;;***
26692 \f
26693 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26694 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (18310 14601))
26695 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26696
26697 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26698 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26699 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26700 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26701 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26702 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26703
26704 Variables controlling indentation style:
26705 `tcl-indent-level'
26706 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26707 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26708 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26709
26710 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26711 documentation for details):
26712 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26713 Controls action of TAB key.
26714 `tcl-auto-newline'
26715 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26716 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26717 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26718 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26719 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26720
26721 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26722 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26723 already exist.
26724
26725 Commands:
26726 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26727
26728 \(fn)" t nil)
26729
26730 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26731 Run inferior Tcl process.
26732 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26733 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26734
26735 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26736
26737 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26738 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26739 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26740
26741 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26742
26743 ;;;***
26744 \f
26745 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (18310 14594))
26746 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26747 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26748
26749 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26750 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26751 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26752 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26753
26754 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26755 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26756 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26757 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26758 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26759
26760 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26761 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26762
26763 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26764 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26765 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26766 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26767
26768 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26769
26770 ;;;***
26771 \f
26772 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (18310
26773 ;;;;;; 14577))
26774 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26775
26776 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26777 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26778 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26779 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26780 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26781 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26782
26783 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26784
26785 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26786 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26787 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26788 commands to use in that buffer.
26789
26790 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26791
26792 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26793
26794 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26795 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26796
26797 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26798
26799 ;;;***
26800 \f
26801 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (18310
26802 ;;;;;; 14577))
26803 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26804
26805 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26806 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26807 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26808 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26809 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26810 program as keyboard input.
26811
26812 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26813 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26814 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26815 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26816
26817 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26818 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26819 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26820 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26821 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26822
26823 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26824
26825 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26826 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26827 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26828 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26829
26830 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26831 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26832 subprocess started.
26833
26834 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26835
26836 ;;;***
26837 \f
26838 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26839 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
26840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26841
26842 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26843 Start coverage on function under point.
26844
26845 \(fn)" t nil)
26846
26847 ;;;***
26848 \f
26849 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (18310 14597))
26850 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26851
26852 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26853 Play the Tetris game.
26854 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26855 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26856 as to form complete rows.
26857
26858 tetris-mode keybindings:
26859 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26860 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26861 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26862 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26863 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26864 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26865 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26866 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26867 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26868
26869 \(fn)" t nil)
26870
26871 ;;;***
26872 \f
26873 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26874 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26875 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26876 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26877 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26878 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26879 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26880 ;;;;;; (18570 7790))
26881 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26882
26883 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26884 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26885
26886 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26887
26888 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26889 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26890 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26891 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26892 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26897 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26898 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26899 if it matches the first line of the file,
26900 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26901
26902 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26903
26904 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26905 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26906 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26907 if the variable is non-nil.")
26908
26909 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26910
26911 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26912 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26917 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26918 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26919 See the documentation of that variable.")
26920
26921 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26922
26923 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26924 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26925 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26926 See the documentation of that variable.")
26927
26928 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26929
26930 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26931 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26932 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26933 See the documentation of that variable.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26936
26937 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26938 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26939 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26940 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26941 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26942
26943 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26944
26945 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26946 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26947 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26948 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26949
26950 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26951
26952 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26953 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26954 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26959 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26960 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26961 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26962
26963 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26964
26965 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26966 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26967 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26968 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26969
26970 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26971
26972 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26973 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26974 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26975 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26976
26977 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26978 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26979 for example,
26980
26981 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26982 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26983
26984 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26985 use.")
26986
26987 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26988
26989 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26990 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26991 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26992 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26993 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26994
26995 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26996
26997 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26998
26999 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
27000 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27001 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27002
27003 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
27004
27005 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
27006 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27007 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27008 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27009 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27010
27011 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
27012
27013 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
27014 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27015
27016 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
27017
27018 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
27019 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27020
27021 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
27022
27023 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27024 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27025 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27026 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27027 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27028 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27029 says which mode to use.
27030
27031 \(fn)" t nil)
27032
27033 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
27034
27035 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
27036
27037 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
27038
27039 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27040 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27041 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27042 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27043 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27044
27045 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27046 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27047 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27048 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27049 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27050 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27051 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27052
27053 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27054 mismatched $'s or braces.
27055
27056 Special commands:
27057 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27058
27059 Mode variables:
27060 tex-run-command
27061 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27062 tex-directory
27063 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27064 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27065 tex-dvi-print-command
27066 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27067 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27068 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27069 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27070 tex-dvi-view-command
27071 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27072 tex-show-queue-command
27073 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27074 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27075
27076 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27077 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27078 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27079
27080 \(fn)" t nil)
27081
27082 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27083 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27084 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27085 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27086 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27087
27088 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27089 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27090 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27091 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27092 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27093 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27094 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27095
27096 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27097 mismatched $'s or braces.
27098
27099 Special commands:
27100 \\{latex-mode-map}
27101
27102 Mode variables:
27103 latex-run-command
27104 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27105 tex-directory
27106 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27107 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27108 tex-dvi-print-command
27109 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27110 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27111 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27112 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27113 tex-dvi-view-command
27114 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27115 tex-show-queue-command
27116 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27117 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27118
27119 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27120 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27121 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27122
27123 \(fn)" t nil)
27124
27125 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27126 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27127 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27128 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27129 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27130
27131 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27132 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27133 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27134 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27135 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27136 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27137 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27138
27139 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27140 mismatched $'s or braces.
27141
27142 Special commands:
27143 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27144
27145 Mode variables:
27146 slitex-run-command
27147 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27148 tex-directory
27149 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27150 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27151 tex-dvi-print-command
27152 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27153 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27154 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27155 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27156 tex-dvi-view-command
27157 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27158 tex-show-queue-command
27159 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27160 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27161
27162 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27163 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27164 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27165 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27166
27167 \(fn)" t nil)
27168
27169 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27170 Not documented
27171
27172 \(fn)" nil nil)
27173
27174 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27175 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27176
27177 \(fn)" t nil)
27178
27179 ;;;***
27180 \f
27181 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27182 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (18310 14607))
27183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27184
27185 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27186 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27187 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27188 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27189
27190 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27191 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
27192 Info-split to do these manually.
27193
27194 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27195
27196 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27197 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27198 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27199 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27200 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27201
27202 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27203
27204 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27205 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27206 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27207 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27208
27209 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27210 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27211 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27212 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27213
27214 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27215 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
27216
27217 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27218
27219 ;;;***
27220 \f
27221 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27222 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (18310 14607))
27223 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27224
27225 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27226 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27227
27228 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27229
27230 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27231 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27232
27233 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27234
27235 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27236 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27237
27238 It has these extra commands:
27239 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27240
27241 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27242 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27243 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27244 modified version of TeX input format.
27245
27246 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27247 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27248 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27249 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27250
27251 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27252 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27253 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27254 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27255 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27256 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27257 in the Texinfo file.
27258
27259 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27260 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27261 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27262 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27263 move forward past the closing brace.
27264
27265 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27266 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27267
27268 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27269 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27270 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27271
27272 Here are the functions:
27273
27274 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27275 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27276 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27277
27278 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27279 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27280 texinfo-master-menu
27281
27282 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27283
27284 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27285 which menu descriptions are indented.
27286
27287 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27288 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27289 in the region.
27290
27291 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27292 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27293 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27294 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27295
27296 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27297 be the first node in the file.
27298
27299 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27300 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27301
27302 \(fn)" t nil)
27303
27304 ;;;***
27305 \f
27306 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27307 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27308 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27309 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
27310 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27311
27312 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27313 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27314 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27315 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27316
27317 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27318
27319 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27320 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27321
27322 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27323
27324 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27325 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27326
27327 \(fn)" t nil)
27328
27329 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27330 Not documented
27331
27332 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27333
27334 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27335 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27336 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27337 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27338 to compose.
27339
27340 The return value is number of composed characters.
27341
27342 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27343
27344 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27345 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27346
27347 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27348
27349 ;;;***
27350 \f
27351 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27352 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27353 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (18310 14577))
27354 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27355
27356 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27357 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27358
27359 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27360
27361 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27362 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27363 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27364 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27365 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27366
27367 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27368 a symbol as a valid THING.
27369
27370 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27371 of the textual entity that was found.
27372
27373 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27374
27375 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27376 Return the THING at point.
27377 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27379 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27380
27381 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27382 a symbol as a valid THING.
27383
27384 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27385
27386 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27387 Not documented
27388
27389 \(fn)" nil nil)
27390
27391 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27392 Not documented
27393
27394 \(fn)" nil nil)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27397 Not documented
27398
27399 \(fn)" nil nil)
27400
27401 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27402 Not documented
27403
27404 \(fn)" nil nil)
27405
27406 ;;;***
27407 \f
27408 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27409 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27410 ;;;;;; (18310 14577))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27412
27413 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27414 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27415
27416 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27417
27418 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27419 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27420 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27421 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27422
27423 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27424
27425 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27426 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27427
27428 \(fn)" t nil)
27429
27430 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27431 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27432
27433 \(fn)" t nil)
27434
27435 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27436
27437 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27438 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27439
27440 \(fn)" t nil)
27441
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27445 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27446 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27447 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27448 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27449 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (18310 14591))
27450 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27451
27452 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27453 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27454 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27455
27456 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27459 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27460
27461 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27462
27463 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27464 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27465 The returned string has no composition information.
27466
27467 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27468
27469 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27470 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27471
27472 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27473
27474 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27475 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27476
27477 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27478
27479 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27480 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27481 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27482 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27483
27484 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27485
27486 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27487 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27488 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27489 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27490
27491 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27492
27493 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27494 Not documented
27495
27496 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27497
27498 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27499 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27500 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27501
27502 \(fn)" t nil)
27503
27504 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27505 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27506 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27507
27508 \(fn)" t nil)
27509
27510 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27511 Not documented
27512
27513 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27514
27515 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27516 Not documented
27517
27518 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27519
27520 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27521 Not documented
27522
27523 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27524
27525 ;;;***
27526 \f
27527 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27528 ;;;;;; (18310 14607))
27529 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27530
27531 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27532 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27533 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27534 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27535 parameters.
27536 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27537
27538 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27539
27540 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27541 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27542 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27543 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27544 parameters.
27545 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27546
27547 \(fn)" t nil)
27548
27549 ;;;***
27550 \f
27551 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27552 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18310 14578))
27553 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27554
27555 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27556 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27557
27558 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27559
27560 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27561 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27562 This display updates automatically every minute.
27563 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27564 are displayed as well.
27565 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27566
27567 \(fn)" t nil)
27568
27569 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27570 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27571 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27572 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27573 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27574 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27575
27576 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27577
27578 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27579 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27580 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27581
27582 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27583 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27584 are displayed as well.
27585 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27586
27587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27588
27589 ;;;***
27590 \f
27591 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27592 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27593 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27594 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (18310
27595 ;;;;;; 14580))
27596 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27597
27598 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27599 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27600
27601 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27602
27603 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27604 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27605 You can use `float-time' instead.
27606
27607 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27610 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27611
27612 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27613
27614 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27615 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27616
27617 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27618
27619 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27620 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27621
27622 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27623
27624 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27625 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27626 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27627
27628 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27629
27630 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27631
27632 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27633 Subtract two time values.
27634 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27635
27636 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27639 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27640
27641 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27642
27643 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27644 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27645 DATE should be a date-time string.
27646
27647 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27648
27649 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27650 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27651 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27652
27653 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27654
27655 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27656 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27657
27658 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27659
27660 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27661 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27662
27663 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27664
27665 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27666 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27667 TIME should be a time value.
27668 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27669
27670 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27671
27672 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27673 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27674 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27675
27676 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27677
27678 ;;;***
27679 \f
27680 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27681 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (18310 14578))
27682 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27683 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27684 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27685 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27686 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27687 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27688 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27689 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27690 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27691
27692 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27693 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27694 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27695 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27696 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27697 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27698 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27699 look like one of the following:
27700 Time-stamp: <>
27701 Time-stamp: \" \"
27702 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27703 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27704 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27705 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27706 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27707 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27708 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27709 the template.
27710
27711 \(fn)" t nil)
27712
27713 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27714 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27715 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27716
27717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27718
27719 ;;;***
27720 \f
27721 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27722 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27723 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27724 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27725 ;;;;;; (18310 14580))
27726 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27727
27728 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27729 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27730 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27731 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27732 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27733 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27734 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27735 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27736 display (non-nil means on).
27737
27738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27739
27740 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27741 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27742 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27743 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27744 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27745 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27746 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27747 this function is called within a day.
27748
27749 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27750 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27751 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27752 discover the name of the project.
27753
27754 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27755
27756 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27757 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27758 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27759 begun during the last time segment.
27760
27761 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27762 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27763 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27764 discover the reason.
27765
27766 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27767
27768 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27769 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27770 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27771 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27772 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27773
27774 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27775
27776 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27777 Change to working on a different project.
27778 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27779 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27780 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27781 working on.
27782
27783 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27784
27785 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27786 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27787 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27788
27789 \(fn)" nil nil)
27790
27791 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27792 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27793 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27794
27795 \(fn)" t nil)
27796
27797 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27798 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27799 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27800 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27801 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27802 \"relative to today\".
27803
27804 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27805
27806 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27807 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27808 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27809 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27810
27811 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27812
27813 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27814 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27815 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27816 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27817 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27818 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27819
27820 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27821
27822 ;;;***
27823 \f
27824 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27825 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27826 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (18310 14582))
27827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27828
27829 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27830
27831 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27832 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27833
27834 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27835
27836 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27837 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27838 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27839 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27840
27841 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27842
27843 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27844 Perform an action at time TIME.
27845 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27846 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27847 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27848 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27849 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27850 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27851 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27852 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27853 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27854 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27855 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27856
27857 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27858
27859 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27860
27861 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27862 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27863 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27864 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27865 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27866
27867 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27868
27869 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27872 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27873 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27874 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27875
27876 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27877
27878 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27879 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27880 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27881 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27882 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27883 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27884 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27885
27886 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27887 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27888
27889 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27890
27891 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27892 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27893
27894 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27895 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27896 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27897 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27898 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27899 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27900 be detected.
27901
27902 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27903
27904 ;;;***
27905 \f
27906 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27907 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (18310 14590))
27908 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27909
27910 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27911 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27912 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27913 the generated Quail package is saved.
27914
27915 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27916
27917 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27918 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27919 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27920 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27921 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27922 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27923 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27924
27925 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27926
27927 ;;;***
27928 \f
27929 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27930 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (18310
27931 ;;;;;; 14591))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27933
27934 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27935 Not documented
27936
27937 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27938
27939 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27940 Not documented
27941
27942 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27943
27944 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27945 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27946 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27947 PATTERN regexp.
27948
27949 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27950
27951 ;;;***
27952 \f
27953 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27954 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (18310 14578))
27955 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27956 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27957 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27958 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27959
27960 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27961 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27962 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27963 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27964 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27965
27966 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27967
27968 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27969 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27970 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27971 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27972 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27973
27974 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27975
27976 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27977 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27978 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27979 in the menu in two ways:
27980 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27981 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27982 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27983
27984 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27985 keymap or an alist of alists.
27986 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27987 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27988
27989 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27990
27991 ;;;***
27992 \f
27993 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27994 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27995 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (18310 14580))
27996 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27997
27998 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27999 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
28000
28001 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
28002
28003 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
28004 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
28005
28006 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
28007
28008 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
28009 Insert new TODO list entry.
28010 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28011 category.
28012
28013 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28014
28015 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
28016 List top priorities for each category.
28017
28018 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28019 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
28020
28021 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28022 between each category.
28023
28024 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28025
28026 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
28027 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28028 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28029 between each category.
28030
28031 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28032
28033 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28034
28035 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
28036 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28037
28038 \\{todo-mode-map}
28039
28040 \(fn)" t nil)
28041
28042 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
28043 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28044
28045 \(fn)" nil nil)
28046
28047 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
28048 Show TODO list.
28049
28050 \(fn)" t nil)
28051
28052 ;;;***
28053 \f
28054 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28055 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
28056 ;;;;;; (18612 9509))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28058
28059 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
28060
28061 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
28062 Add an item to the tool bar.
28063 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28064 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28065 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28066 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28067
28068 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28069 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28070 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28071 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28072
28073 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28074 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28075
28076 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28077
28078 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
28079 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28080 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28081 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28082 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28083 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28084
28085 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28086 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28087 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28088 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28089
28090 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28091
28092 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28093 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28094 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28095 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28096 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28097 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28098 properties to add to the binding.
28099
28100 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28101
28102 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28103 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28104
28105 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28106
28107 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28108 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28109 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28110 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28111 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28112 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28113 properties to add to the binding.
28114
28115 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28116 holds a keymap.
28117
28118 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28119
28120 ;;;***
28121 \f
28122 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28123 ;;;;;; (18612 9509))
28124 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28125
28126 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28127 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28128 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28129 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28130 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28131 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28132
28133 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28134
28135 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28136 TPU/edt emulation.
28137
28138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28139
28140 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28141
28142 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28143 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28144
28145 \(fn)" t nil)
28146
28147 ;;;***
28148 \f
28149 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28150 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (18310 14582))
28151 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28152
28153 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28154 Set scroll margins.
28155
28156 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28157
28158 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28159 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28160
28161 \(fn)" t nil)
28162
28163 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28164 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28165
28166 \(fn)" t nil)
28167
28168 ;;;***
28169 \f
28170 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (18310 14582))
28171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28172
28173 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28174 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28175 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28176 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28177 to a tcp server on another machine.
28178
28179 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28180
28181 ;;;***
28182 \f
28183 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28184 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (18310 14582))
28185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28186
28187 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28188 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28189
28190 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28191
28192 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28193 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28194 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28195 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28196 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28197 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28198 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28199 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28200
28201 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28202
28203 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28204 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28205 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28206 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28207 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28208 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28209 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28210 the window or buffer configuration.
28211
28212 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28213
28214 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28215
28216 ;;;***
28217 \f
28218 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28219 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28220 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
28221 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (18574 8385))
28222 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28223
28224 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
28225 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
28226 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
28227
28228 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28229 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28230 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28231 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28232
28233 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28234 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28235 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28236 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28237
28238 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28239 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28240 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28241 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28242 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28243 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28244 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28245 files which are not really tramp files.
28246
28247 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28248 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28249 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28250 updated after changing this variable.
28251
28252 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28253
28254 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28255
28256 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28257 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28258 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28259 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28260
28261 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28262 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28263 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28264 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28265
28266 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28267 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28268 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28269
28270 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28271 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28272 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28273 updated after changing this variable.
28274
28275 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28276
28277 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28278
28279 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28280 Alist of completion handler functions.
28281 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28282 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28283 normal Emacs functions.")
28284
28285 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28286 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28287 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28288 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28289
28290 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28291 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28292 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28293 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28294
28295 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28296 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28297 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28298
28299 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28300
28301 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28302 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28303 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28304
28305 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28306 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28307
28308 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28309 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28310 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28311 (add-hook
28312 'after-init-hook
28313 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28314
28315 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28316 Not documented
28317
28318 \(fn)" nil nil)
28319
28320 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28321 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28322
28323 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28324
28325 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28326 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28327
28328 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28329
28330 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28331 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28332
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28334
28335 ;;;***
28336 \f
28337 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28338 ;;;;;; (18355 36599))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28340
28341 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28342 Not documented
28343
28344 \(fn)" nil nil)
28345
28346 ;;;***
28347 \f
28348 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18310
28349 ;;;;;; 14578))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28351
28352 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28353 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28354 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28355 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28356 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28357 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28358 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28359 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28360
28361 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28362 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28363 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28364
28365 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28366 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28367 resumed later.
28368
28369 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28370
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28374 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (18310 14607))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28376 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28377 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28378 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28379
28380 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28381 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28382 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28383 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28384 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28385 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28386 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28387
28388 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28389
28390 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28391 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28392 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28393 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28394
28395 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28396
28397 \(fn)" t nil)
28398
28399 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28400 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28401 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28402 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28403 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28404 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28405 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28406
28407 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28408 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28409
28410 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28411 \\___/\\
28412 / \\
28413 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28414
28415 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28416
28417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28418
28419 ;;;***
28420 \f
28421 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28422 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28423 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28424 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28425 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
28426 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28427
28428 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28429 Toggle typing break mode.
28430 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28431 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28432 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28433
28434 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28435
28436 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28437 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28438
28439 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28440
28441 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28442 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28443
28444 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28445 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28446 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28447
28448 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28449 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28450
28451 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28452
28453 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28454 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28455
28456 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28457 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28458 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28459 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28460
28461 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28462
28463 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28464 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28465 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28466
28467 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28468 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28469 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28470 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28471 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28472 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28473
28474 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28475 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28476 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28477 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28478
28479 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28480 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28481
28482 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28483 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28484
28485 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28486
28487 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28488 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28489 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28490
28491 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28492 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28493 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28494 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28495 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28496 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28497 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28498
28499 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28500 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28501
28502 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28503 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28504 reset the keystroke counter.
28505
28506 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28507 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28508 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28509 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28510
28511 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28512 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28513 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28514 `type-break-schedule' command.
28515
28516 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28517 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28518 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28519 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28520 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28521 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28522 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28523 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28524 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28525
28526 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28527 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28528 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28529 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28530 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28531
28532 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28533 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28534 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28535 approximate good values for this.
28536
28537 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28538 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28539
28540 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28541 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28542 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28543 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28544 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28545 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28546
28547 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28548 a typing break occur. They include:
28549
28550 `type-break-query-mode'
28551 `type-break-query-function'
28552 `type-break-query-interval'
28553
28554 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28555
28556 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28557 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28558 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28559 problems.
28560
28561 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28562
28563 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28564 Take a typing break.
28565
28566 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28567 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28568
28569 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28570 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28571
28572 \(fn)" t nil)
28573
28574 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28575 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28576 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28577 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28578
28579 \(fn)" t nil)
28580
28581 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28582 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28583
28584 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28585 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28586 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28587 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28588 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28589 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28590 average typing speed.)
28591
28592 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28593 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28594 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28595 the computed maximum threshold.
28596
28597 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28598 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28599 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28600 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28601 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28602
28603 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28604
28605 ;;;***
28606 \f
28607 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (18310 14607))
28609 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28610
28611 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28612 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28613 Works by overstriking underscores.
28614 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28615 which specify the range to operate on.
28616
28617 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28618
28619 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28620 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28621 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28622 which specify the range to operate on.
28623
28624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28625
28626 ;;;***
28627 \f
28628 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28629 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (18310 14591))
28630 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28631
28632 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28633 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28634 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28635
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28637
28638 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28639 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28640 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28641 following the containing message.
28642
28643 \(fn)" t nil)
28644
28645 ;;;***
28646 \f
28647 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28648 ;;;;;; (18310 14591))
28649 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28650
28651 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28652 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28653 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28654 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28655 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28656 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28657
28658 \(fn)" nil nil)
28659
28660 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28661 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28662
28663 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28664
28665 ;;;***
28666 \f
28667 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (18310
28668 ;;;;;; 14582))
28669 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28670
28671 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28672 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28673 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28674 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28675
28676 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28677
28678 ;;;***
28679 \f
28680 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28681 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (18310 14608))
28682 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28683
28684 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28685 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28686 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28687
28688 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28689 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28690 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28691 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28692 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28693 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28694
28695 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28696 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28697 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28698
28699 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28700 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28701 the callback is not called).
28702
28703 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28704 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28705 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28706 take effect.
28707
28708 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28709
28710 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28711 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28712 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28713 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28714 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28715
28716 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28717
28718 ;;;***
28719 \f
28720 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28721 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (18417 24432))
28722 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28723
28724 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28725 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28726 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28727
28728 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28729 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28730 `url-generic-parse-url'
28731 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28732 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28733 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28734 realm
28735 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28736 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28737 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28738 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28739 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28740 what type of auth to use
28741 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28742 if one cannot be found in the cache
28743
28744 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28745
28746 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28747 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28748
28749 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28750 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28751 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28752 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28753 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28754 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28755 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28756 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28757
28758 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28759
28760 ;;;***
28761 \f
28762 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28763 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (18310
28764 ;;;;;; 14608))
28765 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28766
28767 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28768 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28769
28770 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28771
28772 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28773 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28774
28775 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28776
28777 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28778 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28779
28780 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28781
28782 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28783 Return t if a cached file has expired.
28784
28785 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28786
28787 ;;;***
28788 \f
28789 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (18310 14608))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28791
28792 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28793 Not documented
28794
28795 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28796
28797 ;;;***
28798 \f
28799 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28800 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (18310 14608))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28802
28803 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28804 Not documented
28805
28806 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28807
28808 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28809 Not documented
28810
28811 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28812
28813 ;;;***
28814 \f
28815 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (18310
28816 ;;;;;; 14608))
28817 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28818
28819 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28820 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28821
28822 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28823
28824 ;;;***
28825 \f
28826 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28827 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (18310 14608))
28828 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28829
28830 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28831 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28832
28833 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28834
28835 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28836 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28837 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28838 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28839 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28840
28841 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28842
28843 ;;;***
28844 \f
28845 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28846 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28847 ;;;;;; (18326 18336))
28848 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28849
28850 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28851 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28852 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28853 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28854 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28855 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28856
28857 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28858
28859 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28860 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28861
28862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28863
28864 (autoload (quote url-file-handler) "url-handlers" "\
28865 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28866 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28867 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28868
28869 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28870
28871 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28872 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28873 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28874 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28875 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28876 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28877 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28878 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28879 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28880
28881 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28882
28883 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28884 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28885 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28886 accessible.
28887
28888 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28889
28890 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28891 Not documented
28892
28893 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28894
28895 ;;;***
28896 \f
28897 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28898 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (18621 22671))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28900
28901 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28902 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28903 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28904 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28905 CBARGS as the arguments.
28906
28907 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28908
28909 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28910 Not documented
28911
28912 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28915
28916 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28917 Not documented
28918
28919 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28920
28921 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28922 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28923 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28924
28925 Property list members:
28926
28927 methods
28928 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28929 supports.
28930
28931 dav
28932 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28933 supported.
28934
28935 dasl
28936 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28937
28938 ranges
28939 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28940
28941 p3p
28942 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28943 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28944 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28945 Emacs/W3.
28946
28947 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28948
28949 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28950 Default HTTPS port.")
28951
28952 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28953 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28954 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28955
28956 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-default-expander))
28957 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28958 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28959 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28960 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28961
28962 ;;;***
28963 \f
28964 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (18310 14608))
28965 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28966
28967 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28968 Not documented
28969
28970 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28971
28972 ;;;***
28973 \f
28974 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (18310
28975 ;;;;;; 14608))
28976 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28977
28978 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28979 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28980 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28981 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28982 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28983
28984 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28985
28986 ;;;***
28987 \f
28988 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28989 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
28990 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28991
28992 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28993 Not documented
28994
28995 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28996
28997 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28998 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28999
29000 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29001
29002 ;;;***
29003 \f
29004 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29005 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (18310 14608))
29006 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29007
29008 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
29009 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29010
29011 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29012
29013 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
29014 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29015
29016 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29017
29018 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
29019 Not documented
29020
29021 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29022
29023 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29024
29025 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29026
29027 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
29028
29029 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
29030 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29031
29032 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29033
29034 ;;;***
29035 \f
29036 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29037 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29038 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29039
29040 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
29041 Not documented
29042
29043 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29044
29045 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
29046 Not documented
29047
29048 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29049
29050 ;;;***
29051 \f
29052 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29053 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29054 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29055 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29056
29057 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
29058 Not documented
29059
29060 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29061
29062 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
29063 Not documented
29064
29065 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29066
29067 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
29068 Not documented
29069
29070 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29071
29072 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
29073 Not documented
29074
29075 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29076
29077 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
29078 Not documented
29079
29080 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29081
29082 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
29083 Not documented
29084
29085 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29086
29087 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
29088 Not documented
29089
29090 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29091
29092 ;;;***
29093 \f
29094 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29095 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (18310 14608))
29096 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29097
29098 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
29099 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29100
29101 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29102
29103 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
29104 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29105 Format is:
29106 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29107
29108 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29109
29110 ;;;***
29111 \f
29112 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29113 ;;;;;; (18310 14608))
29114 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29115
29116 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
29117 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29118
29119 \(fn)" t nil)
29120
29121 ;;;***
29122 \f
29123 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29124 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29125 ;;;;;; url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory url-percentage url-display-percentage
29126 ;;;;;; url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space
29127 ;;;;;; url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message url-normalize-url
29128 ;;;;;; url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args url-debug url-debug)
29129 ;;;;;; "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (18377 44624))
29130 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29131
29132 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29133 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29134 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29135
29136 If t, all messages will be logged.
29137 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29138 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29139
29140 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29141
29142 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29143 Not documented
29144
29145 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29146
29147 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29148 Not documented
29149
29150 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29151
29152 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29153 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29154 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29155 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29156 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29157 & ==> &amp;
29158 < ==> &lt;
29159 > ==> &gt;
29160 \" ==> &quot;
29161
29162 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29163
29164 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29165 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29166 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29167
29168 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29169
29170 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29171 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29172 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29173
29174 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29175
29176 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29177 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29178
29179 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29182 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29183
29184 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29187 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29188
29189 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29190
29191 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29192 Not documented
29193
29194 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29195
29196 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29197 Not documented
29198
29199 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29200
29201 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29202 Not documented
29203
29204 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29205
29206 (autoload (quote url-file-directory) "url-util" "\
29207 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29208
29209 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29210
29211 (autoload (quote url-file-nondirectory) "url-util" "\
29212 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29213
29214 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29215
29216 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29217 Not documented
29218
29219 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29220
29221 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29222 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29223 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29224 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29225 forbidden in URL encoding.
29226
29227 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29228
29229 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29230 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29231 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29232 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29233 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29234 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29235
29236 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29237
29238 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29239 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29240 If optional variable X is t,
29241 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29242
29243 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29244
29245 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29246 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29247 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29248
29249 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29250
29251 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29252 View the current document's URL.
29253 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29254 the minibuffer.
29255
29256 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29257
29258 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29259
29260 ;;;***
29261 \f
29262 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29263 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (18310 14578))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29265
29266 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29267 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29268 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29269 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29270 to refrain from editing the file
29271 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29272 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29273 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29274 in any way you like.
29275
29276 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29277
29278 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29279 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29280 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29281 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29282 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29283
29284 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29285 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29286
29287 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29288
29289 ;;;***
29290 \f
29291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (18377 44624))
29292 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29293 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29294
29295 ;;;***
29296 \f
29297 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29298 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29299 ;;;;;; (18310 14589))
29300 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29301
29302 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29303 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29304 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29305 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29306
29307 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29308
29309 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29310 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29311 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29312
29313 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29314
29315 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29316 Uudecode region between START and END.
29317 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29318
29319 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29320
29321 ;;;***
29322 \f
29323 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29324 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29325 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29326 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29327 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29328 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29329 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (18414 39572))
29330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29331
29332 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29333 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29334 See `run-hooks'.")
29335
29336 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29337
29338 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29339 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29340 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29341
29342 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29343
29344 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29345 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29346 See `run-hooks'.")
29347
29348 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29349
29350 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29351 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29352
29353 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29354
29355 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29356 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29357
29358 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29359
29360 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29361 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29362 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29363 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29364 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29365 somebody else, signal error.
29366
29367 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29368
29369 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29370 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29371 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29372 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29373 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29374
29375 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29376
29377 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29378 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29379 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29380 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29381 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29382 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29383 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29384 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29385 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29386 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29387 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29388 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29389
29390 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29391
29392 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29393 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29394
29395 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29396 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29397
29398 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29399 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29400 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29401 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29402 lock steals will raise an error.
29403
29404 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29405
29406 For RCS and SCCS files:
29407 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29408 control.
29409 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29410 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29411 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29412 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29413 it performs a revert.
29414 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29415 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29416 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29417 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29418 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29419 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29420 the option to steal the lock.
29421
29422 For CVS files:
29423 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29424 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29425 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29426 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29427 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29428 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29429 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29430 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29431 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29432
29433 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29434
29435 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29436 Register the current file into a version control system.
29437 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29438 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29439
29440 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29441 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29442 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29443 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29444 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29445 first backend that could register the file is used.
29446
29447 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29448
29449 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29450 Display diffs between file versions.
29451 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29452 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29453 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29454 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29455 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29456 saving the buffer.
29457
29458 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29459
29460 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29461 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29462 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29463 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29464
29465 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29466
29467 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29468 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29469 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29470 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29471
29472 \(fn)" t nil)
29473
29474 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29475 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29476 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29477 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29478 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29479 from the current branch.
29480
29481 See Info node `Merging'.
29482
29483 \(fn)" t nil)
29484
29485 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29486
29487 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29488 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29489
29490 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29491
29492 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29493 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29494
29495 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29496
29497 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29498 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29499 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29500 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29501 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29502 are checked out in that new branch.
29503
29504 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29505
29506 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29507 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29508 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29509 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29510 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29511 allowed and simply skipped).
29512
29513 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29514
29515 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29516 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29517 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29518
29519 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29520
29521 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29522 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29523 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29524 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29525 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29526
29527 \(fn)" t nil)
29528
29529 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29530 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29531 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29532 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29533 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29534 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29535
29536 \(fn)" t nil)
29537
29538 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29539 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29540 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29541
29542 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29543
29544 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29545 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29546 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29547 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29548 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29549 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29550 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29551
29552 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29553
29554 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29555 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29556 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29557 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29558 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29559 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29560 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29561 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29562 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29563
29564 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29565
29566 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29567 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29568
29569 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29570
29571 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29572 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29573 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29574 directory.
29575
29576 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29577
29578 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29579 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29580 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29581
29582 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29583 log entries should be gathered.
29584
29585 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29586
29587 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29588 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29589
29590 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29591 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29592 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29593 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29594 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29595 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29596
29597 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29598 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29599 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29600 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29601 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29602 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29603 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29604 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29605
29606 Customization variables:
29607
29608 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29609 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29610 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29611 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29612
29613 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29614
29615 ;;;***
29616 \f
29617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (18323 58980))
29618 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29619 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29620 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29621 (progn
29622 (load "vc-arch")
29623 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29624
29625 ;;;***
29626 \f
29627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc-bzr.el" (18408 28171))
29628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-bzr.el
29629
29630 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29631 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29632
29633 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format"))
29634 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29635 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29636 (progn
29637 (load "vc-bzr")
29638 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29639
29640 ;;;***
29641 \f
29642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (18310 14578))
29643 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29644 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29645 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29646 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29647 (load "vc-cvs")
29648 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29649
29650 ;;;***
29651 \f
29652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc-git.el" (18310 14578))
29653 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-git.el
29654 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29655 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29656 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; short cut
29657 (progn
29658 (load "vc-git")
29659 (vc-git-registered file))))
29660
29661 ;;;***
29662 \f
29663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc-hg.el" (18479 55600))
29664 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-hg.el
29665 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29666 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29667 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29668 (progn
29669 (load "vc-hg")
29670 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29671
29672 ;;;***
29673 \f
29674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (18310 14578))
29675 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29676 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29677 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29678 (progn
29679 (load "vc-mcvs")
29680 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29681
29682 ;;;***
29683 \f
29684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc-mtn.el" (18383 1610))
29685 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mtn.el
29686
29687 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN")
29688
29689 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format"))
29690 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29691 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29692 (progn
29693 (load "vc-mtn")
29694 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29695
29696 ;;;***
29697 \f
29698 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29699 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29700 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29701
29702 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29703 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29704 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29705
29706 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29707 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29708
29709 ;;;***
29710 \f
29711 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29712 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
29713 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29714
29715 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29716 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29717 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29718
29719 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29720 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29721
29722 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29723 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29724 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29725 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29726
29727 ;;;***
29728 \f
29729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (18323 58980))
29730 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29731 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29732 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29733 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29734 "_svn")
29735 (t ".svn"))))
29736 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29737 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29738 (file-name-directory f)))
29739 (load "vc-svn")
29740 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29741
29742 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29743
29744 ;;;***
29745 \f
29746 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29747 ;;;;;; (18310 14601))
29748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29749 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.vr[hi]?\\'" . vera-mode))
29750
29751 (autoload (quote vera-mode) "vera-mode" "\
29752 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29753
29754 Usage:
29755 ------
29756
29757 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29758 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29759 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29760 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29761
29762 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29763 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29764 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29765 completions.
29766
29767 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29768 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29769
29770 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29771 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29772
29773 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29774 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29775 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29776
29777 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29778
29779
29780 Maintenance:
29781 ------------
29782
29783 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29784 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29785
29786 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29787
29788 Official distribution is at
29789 <http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html>.
29790
29791
29792 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29793 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29794
29795 Key bindings:
29796 -------------
29797
29798 \\{vera-mode-map}
29799
29800 \(fn)" t nil)
29801
29802 ;;;***
29803 \f
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29805 ;;;;;; (18408 28172))
29806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29807
29808 (autoload (quote verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "\
29809 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29810 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29811 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29812 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29813
29814 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29815
29816 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29817 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29818
29819 Supports highlighting.
29820
29821 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29822 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29823
29824 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29825
29826 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29827 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29828 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
29829 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29830 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29831 on the left side of your screen.
29832 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
29833 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29834 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29835 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
29836 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29837 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29838 function keyword.
29839 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
29840 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29841 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
29842 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29843 if (a)
29844 begin
29845 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
29846 Indentation for case statements.
29847 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
29848 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29849 mark after an end.
29850 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
29851 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29852 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
29853 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29854 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29855 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
29856 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29857 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
29858 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
29859 if (a)
29860 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29861 otherwise you get:
29862 if (a)
29863 begin
29864 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
29865 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
29866 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
29867 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
29868 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
29869 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
29870 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
29871 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
29872 comments in tight quarters.
29873 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `(all))
29874 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
29875
29876 Variables controlling other actions:
29877
29878 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
29879 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
29880 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
29881
29882 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
29883
29884 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
29885
29886 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
29887 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
29888 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
29889
29890 Some other functions are:
29891
29892 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
29893 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
29894 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
29895 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
29896 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
29897
29898 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
29899 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
29900 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
29901 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
29902
29903 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
29904 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
29905 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
29906 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29907 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
29908 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
29909 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
29910 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
29911 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
29912 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
29913 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
29914 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
29915 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
29916 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
29917 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29918 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
29919 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
29920 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
29921 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
29922 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
29923 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
29924 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
29925 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
29926 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
29927 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
29928 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
29929 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
29930 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
29931
29932 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
29933 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
29934
29935 \\{verilog-mode-map}
29936
29937 \(fn)" t nil)
29938
29939 ;;;***
29940 \f
29941 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29942 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
29943 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29944
29945 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29946 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29947
29948 Usage:
29949 ------
29950
29951 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29952 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29953 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29954 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29955 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29956 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29957 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29958 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29959 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29960
29961 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29962 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29963 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29964 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29965
29966 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29967 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29968 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29969 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29970 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29971
29972 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29973 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29974
29975
29976 HEADER INSERTION:
29977 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29978 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29979 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29980
29981
29982 STUTTERING:
29983 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29984 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29985 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29986 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29987
29988 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29989 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29990 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29991 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29992 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29993
29994
29995 WORD COMPLETION:
29996 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29997 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29998 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29999 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30000
30001 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30002 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30003 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30004 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30005 beginning with \"std\").
30006
30007 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30008 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30009 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30010 stop.
30011
30012
30013 COMMENTS:
30014 `--' puts a single comment.
30015 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30016 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30017 with a comment in between.
30018 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30019 out following lines.
30020 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30021 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30022
30023 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30024 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30025 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30026 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30027 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30028 non-nil.
30029
30030 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30031 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30032 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30033 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30034 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30035 multi-line comments.
30036
30037
30038 INDENTATION:
30039 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30040 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30041 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30042 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
30043
30044 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30045 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30046 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30047 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30048
30049 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30050 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30051 and vice versa.
30052
30053 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30054 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30055
30056
30057 ALIGNMENT:
30058 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30059 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30060 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30061 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30062 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30063 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30064 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30065 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30066
30067 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30068 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30069 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30070 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30071 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30072 is non-nil.
30073
30074 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30075 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30076 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30077
30078 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30079 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30080
30081
30082 CODE FILLING:
30083 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30084 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30085 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30086 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30087 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30088 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30089
30090
30091 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30092 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30093 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
30094 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30095 command:
30096
30097 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30098
30099
30100 PORT TRANSLATION:
30101 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30102 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30103 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30104 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30105 internal signal initializations (menu).
30106
30107 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30108 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30109 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30110
30111 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30112 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30113 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30114 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30115 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30116 in subsequent paste operations.)
30117
30118 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30119 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30120 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30121
30122
30123 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30124 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30125 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30126 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30127 association list with formals).
30128
30129
30130 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30131 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30132 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30133 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30134 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30135 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30136 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30137 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30138 `vhdl-testbench'.
30139
30140
30141 KEY BINDINGS:
30142 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30143
30144
30145 VHDL MENU:
30146 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30147
30148
30149 FILE BROWSER:
30150 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30151 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30152 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30153
30154 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30155 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30156
30157
30158 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30159 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30160 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30161 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30162
30163 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30164 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30165 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30166
30167 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30168 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30169 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30170 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30171
30172 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30173 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30174 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30175 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30176 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30177
30178 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30179 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30180 required by secondary units.
30181
30182
30183 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30184 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
30185 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30186 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30187 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30188 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30189 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
30190 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30191 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30192 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30193 inputs to this component -> input port created
30194 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30195 outputs from this component -> output port created
30196 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30197 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30198
30199 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30200 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30201 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30202 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30203 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30204
30205 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30206 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30207
30208 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30209 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30210 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30211 component instantiation is also supported (option
30212 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30213
30214 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30215 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30216 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30217 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30218 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30219 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30220 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30221 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30222 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30223 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30224 | generating the configuration.
30225 |
30226 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30227 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30228 | configurations in speedbar.
30229
30230 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30231
30232
30233 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30234 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30235 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30236 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30237 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30238 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30239 information. New compilers can be added.
30240
30241 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30242 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30243
30244
30245 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30246 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30247 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30248 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30249 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30250
30251 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30252 command:
30253
30254 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30255 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30256 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30257
30258 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30259 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30260 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
30261 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
30262 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
30263 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
30264 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30265
30266 Limitations:
30267 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30268 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30269 not (yet) supported.
30270 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30271 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30272 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30273
30274
30275 PROJECTS:
30276 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30277 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30278 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30279 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30280 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30281 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30282 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30283 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30284
30285 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30286 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30287 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30288 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30289 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30290 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30291 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30292 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30293 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30294 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30295 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30296
30297
30298 SPECIAL MENUES:
30299 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30300 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30301 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30302 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30303 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30304 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30305 current directory for VHDL source files.
30306
30307
30308 VHDL STANDARDS:
30309 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30310 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30311
30312
30313 KEYWORD CASE:
30314 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30315 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30316 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30317 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30318 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30319 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30320 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30321 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30322
30323
30324 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30325 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30326 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30327 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30328 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30329 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30330 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30331
30332 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30333 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30334 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30335 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30336 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30337 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30338
30339 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30340 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30341 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30342 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30343 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30344 visually.
30345
30346 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30347 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30348 highlighted if written in lower case.
30349
30350 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30351 highlighted using a different background color if option
30352 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30353
30354 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30355 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30356 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30357 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30358 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30359
30360
30361 USER MODELS:
30362 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30363 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30364 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30365
30366
30367 HIDE/SHOW:
30368 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30369 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30370 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30371 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30372 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30373
30374
30375 CODE UPDATING:
30376 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30377 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30378 Limitations:
30379 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30380 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30381 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30382 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30383 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30384 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30385 (used to obtain the port names).
30386
30387
30388 CODE FIXING:
30389 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30390 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30391
30392
30393 PRINTING:
30394 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30395 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30396 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30397 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30398 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30399 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30400 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30401 printers.
30402
30403
30404 OPTIONS:
30405 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30406 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30407 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30408 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30409 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30410
30411 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30412 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30413 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30414 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30415 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30416 INSTALL file).
30417
30418 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30419 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30420
30421
30422 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30423 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30424 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30425 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30426
30427 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30428
30429
30430 HINTS:
30431 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30432 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30433
30434 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30435
30436 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30437
30438 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30439
30440
30441 RELEASE NOTES:
30442 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30443
30444
30445 Maintenance:
30446 ------------
30447
30448 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30449 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30450
30451 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30452
30453 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30454 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30455 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30456 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30457
30458 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30459 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30460 where the latest version can be found.
30461
30462
30463 Known problems:
30464 ---------------
30465
30466 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30467 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30468 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30469
30470
30471 The VHDL Mode Authors
30472 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30473
30474 Key bindings:
30475 -------------
30476
30477 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30478
30479 \(fn)" t nil)
30480
30481 ;;;***
30482 \f
30483 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (18113 62672))
30484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30485
30486 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30487 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30488 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30489 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30490
30491 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30492 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30493 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30494 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30495 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30496
30497 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30498 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30499
30500 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30501
30502 * Limitations and unsupported features
30503 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30504 not supported.
30505 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30506 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30507
30508 * Modifications
30509 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30510 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30511 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30512 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30513 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30514 for undoing a repeated change command.
30515 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30516 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30517 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30518
30519 * Extensions
30520 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30521 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30522 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30523 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30524 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30525 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30526 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30527 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30528
30529 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30530
30531 \(fn)" t nil)
30532
30533 ;;;***
30534 \f
30535 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30536 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30537 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30538 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (18310 14591))
30539 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30540
30541 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30542 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30543
30544 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30545
30546 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30547 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30548 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30549 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30550
30551 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30552
30553 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30554 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30555
30556 \(fn)" t nil)
30557
30558 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30559 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30560 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30561 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30562
30563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30564
30565 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30566 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30567
30568 \(fn)" t nil)
30569
30570 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30571 Not documented
30572
30573 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30574
30575 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30576 Not documented
30577
30578 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30579
30580 ;;;***
30581 \f
30582 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30583 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30584 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18342
30585 ;;;;;; 38263))
30586 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30587
30588 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30589 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30590 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30591 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30592
30593 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30594
30595 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30596 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30597 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30598 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30599 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30600 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30601 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30602
30603 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30604
30605 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30606
30607 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30608 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30609 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30610 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30611
30612 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30613 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30614 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30615 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30616 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30617
30618 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30619
30620 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30621
30622 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30623 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30624 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30625 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30626 buffer.
30627
30628 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30629 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30630 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30631 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30632 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30633
30634 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30635
30636 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30637
30638 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30639 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30640 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30641 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30642 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30643 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30644 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30645
30646 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30647
30648 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30649 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30650 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30651
30652 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30653
30654 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30655 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30656 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30657 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30658 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30659 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30660 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30661 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30662
30663 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30664
30665 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30666 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30667 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30668
30669 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30670
30671 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30672 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30673 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30674 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30675 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30676 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30677 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30678 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30679
30680 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30681
30682 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30683 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30684 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30685
30686 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30687
30688 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30689 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30690 With prefix argument ARG, turn View mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise
30691 turn it off.
30692
30693 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30694 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30695 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30696 read-only.
30697 \\<view-mode-map>
30698 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30699 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30700 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30701 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30702 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30703
30704 H, h, ? This message.
30705 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30706 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30707 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30708 > move to the end of buffer.
30709 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30710 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30711 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30712 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30713 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30714 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30715 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30716 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30717 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30718 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30719 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30720 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30721 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30722 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30723 Use this to view a changing file.
30724 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30725 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30726 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30727 . set the mark.
30728 x exchanges point and mark.
30729 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30730 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30731 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30732 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30733 ' go to position saved in character register.
30734 s do forward incremental search.
30735 r do reverse incremental search.
30736 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30737 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30738 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30739 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30740 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30741 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30742 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30743 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30744 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30745 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30746 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30747 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30748 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30749 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30750 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30751 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30752 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30753
30754 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30755 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30756 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30757 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30758 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30759 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30760 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30761 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30762 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30763
30764 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30765
30766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30767
30768 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30769 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30770 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30771 `view-return-to-alist'.
30772 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30773 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30774 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30775
30776 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30777 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30778 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30779 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30780 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30781 1) nil Do nothing.
30782 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30783 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30784 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30785 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30786
30787 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30788
30789 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30790
30791 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30792
30793 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30794 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30795
30796 \(fn)" t nil)
30797
30798 ;;;***
30799 \f
30800 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (18310
30801 ;;;;;; 14582))
30802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30803
30804 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30805 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30806
30807 \(fn)" nil nil)
30808
30809 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30810 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30811
30812 \(fn)" t nil)
30813
30814 ;;;***
30815 \f
30816 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30817 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
30818 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30819
30820 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30821 Toggle Viper on/off.
30822 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30823
30824 \(fn)" t nil)
30825
30826 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30827 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30828
30829 \(fn)" t nil)
30830
30831 ;;;***
30832 \f
30833 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30834 ;;;;;; (18310 14582))
30835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30836
30837 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30838 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30839 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30840 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30841 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30842 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30843 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30844 the beginning of the warning.")
30845
30846 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30847 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30848 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30849 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30850 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30851 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30852 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30853 also call that function before the next warning.")
30854
30855 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30856 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30857
30858 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30859 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30860 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30861 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30862
30863 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30864 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30865 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30866 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30867 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30868 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30869
30870 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30871 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30872 Default is :warning.
30873
30874 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30875 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30876 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30877 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30878 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30879 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30880
30881 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30882 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30883 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30884
30885 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30886
30887 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30888 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30889
30890 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30891
30892 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30893 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30894 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30895 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30896
30897 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30898 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30899 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30900 can be whatever you like.)
30901
30902 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30903 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30904
30905 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30906 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30907 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30908 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30909 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30910
30911 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30912
30913 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30914 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30915 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30916 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30917 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30918
30919 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30920
30921 ;;;***
30922 \f
30923 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30924 ;;;;;; (18342 38263))
30925 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30926
30927 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30928 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30929 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30930 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30931 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30932 in disk.
30933
30934 See `wdired-mode'.
30935
30936 \(fn)" t nil)
30937
30938 ;;;***
30939 \f
30940 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (18310 14595))
30941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30942
30943 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30944 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30945
30946 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30947 hotlist.
30948
30949 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30950 <nwv@acm.org>.
30951
30952 \(fn)" t nil)
30953
30954 ;;;***
30955 \f
30956 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30957 ;;;;;; (18310 14602))
30958 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30959 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30960 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30961
30962 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30963
30964 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30965 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30966 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30969 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30970
30971 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30972
30973 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30974 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30975 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30976 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30977
30978 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on if arg is positive,
30979 and off otherwise.
30980
30981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30982
30983 ;;;***
30984 \f
30985 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30986 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30987 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30988 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30989 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30990 ;;;;;; (18326 18335))
30991 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30992 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-leading 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30993 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-trailing 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30994 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-indent 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30995 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-spacetab 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30996 (put 'whitespace-check-buffer-ateol 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30997
30998 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30999 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
31000
31001 \(fn)" t nil)
31002
31003 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
31004 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
31005
31006 \(fn)" t nil)
31007
31008 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
31009 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
31010
31011 \(fn)" t nil)
31012
31013 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
31014 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
31015
31016 \(fn)" t nil)
31017
31018 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
31019 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
31020
31021 \(fn)" t nil)
31022
31023 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
31024 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
31025 These are:
31026 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
31027 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
31028 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
31029 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
31030 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
31031
31032 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
31033 and:
31034 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
31035 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
31036
31037 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
31038
31039 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
31040 Check the region for whitespace errors.
31041
31042 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31043
31044 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
31045 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
31046 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
31047 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
31048 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
31049
31050 \(fn)" t nil)
31051
31052 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
31053 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
31054
31055 \(fn S E)" t nil)
31056
31057 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
31058
31059 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
31060 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
31061 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31062 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31063 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31064 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
31065
31066 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
31067
31068 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
31069 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
31070 With ARG, turn the mode on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
31071
31072 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
31073 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
31074
31075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31076
31077 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
31078 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
31079 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
31080
31081 \(fn)" nil nil)
31082
31083 ;;;***
31084 \f
31085 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31086 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (18310 14578))
31087 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31088
31089 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
31090 Browse the widget under point.
31091
31092 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31093
31094 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
31095 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31096
31097 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31098
31099 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
31100 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31101
31102 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31103
31104 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
31105 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
31106 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31107
31108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31109
31110 ;;;***
31111 \f
31112 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31113 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (18310
31114 ;;;;;; 14578))
31115 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31116
31117 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
31118 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31119
31120 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31121
31122 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
31123 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31124 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31125
31126 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31127
31128 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
31129 Create widget of TYPE.
31130 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31131
31132 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31133
31134 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
31135 Delete WIDGET.
31136
31137 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31138
31139 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
31140 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31141
31142 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31143
31144 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
31145
31146 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
31147 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31148 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
31149
31150 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
31151 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31152
31153 \(fn)" nil nil)
31154
31155 ;;;***
31156 \f
31157 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31158 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (18310
31159 ;;;;;; 14578))
31160 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31161
31162 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
31163 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31164 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31165 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31166 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31167 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31168 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31169
31170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31171
31172 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
31173 Select the window above the current one.
31174 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31175 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31176 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31177 negative ARG) of the current window.
31178 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31179
31180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31181
31182 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
31183 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31184 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31185 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31186 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31187 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31188 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31189
31190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31191
31192 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
31193 Select the window below the current one.
31194 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31195 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31196 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31197 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31198 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31199
31200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31201
31202 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
31203 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31204 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31205 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31206
31207 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31208
31209 ;;;***
31210 \f
31211 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
31212 ;;;;;; (18310 14578))
31213 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31214
31215 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31216 Toggle Winner mode.
31217 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31218 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
31219
31220 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
31221
31222 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
31223 Toggle Winner mode.
31224 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
31225
31226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31227
31228 ;;;***
31229 \f
31230 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
31231 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (18430 52623))
31232 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31233
31234 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
31235 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31236 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31237 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31238 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31239 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31240 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31241 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31242
31243 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31244 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31245
31246 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31247
31248 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
31249 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31250
31251 \(fn)" t nil)
31252
31253 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
31254 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31255 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31256 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31257 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31258 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31259 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31260 `woman' command for further details.
31261
31262 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31263
31264 ;;;***
31265 \f
31266 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31267 ;;;;;; (18310 14583))
31268 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31269
31270 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
31271 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31272
31273 BUGS:
31274 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31275 are not implemented
31276 - Options for search and replace
31277 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31278 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31279
31280 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31281 Emacs-like.
31282
31283 The key bindings are:
31284
31285 C-a backward-word
31286 C-b fill-paragraph
31287 C-c scroll-up-line
31288 C-d forward-char
31289 C-e previous-line
31290 C-f forward-word
31291 C-g delete-char
31292 C-h backward-char
31293 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31294 C-j help-for-help
31295 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31296 C-l ws-repeat-search
31297 C-n open-line
31298 C-p quoted-insert
31299 C-r scroll-down-line
31300 C-s backward-char
31301 C-t kill-word
31302 C-u keyboard-quit
31303 C-v overwrite-mode
31304 C-w scroll-down
31305 C-x next-line
31306 C-y kill-complete-line
31307 C-z scroll-up
31308
31309 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31310 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31311 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31312 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31313 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31314 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31315 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31316 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31317 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31318 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31319 C-k b ws-begin-block
31320 C-k c ws-copy-block
31321 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31322 C-k f find-file
31323 C-k h ws-show-markers
31324 C-k i ws-indent-block
31325 C-k k ws-end-block
31326 C-k p ws-print-block
31327 C-k q kill-emacs
31328 C-k r insert-file
31329 C-k s save-some-buffers
31330 C-k t ws-mark-word
31331 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31332 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31333 C-k v ws-move-block
31334 C-k w ws-write-block
31335 C-k x kill-emacs
31336 C-k y ws-delete-block
31337
31338 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31339 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31340 C-o j justify-current-line
31341 C-o k kill-buffer
31342 C-o l list-buffers
31343 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31344 C-o r set-fill-column
31345 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31346 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31347 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31348 C-o wo other-window
31349 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31350
31351 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31352 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31353 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31354 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31355 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31356 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31357 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31358 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31359 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31360 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31361 C-q a ws-query-replace
31362 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31363 C-q c end-of-buffer
31364 C-q d end-of-line
31365 C-q f ws-search
31366 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31367 C-q l ws-undo
31368 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31369 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31370 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31371 C-q w ws-last-error
31372 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31373 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31374
31375 \(fn)" t nil)
31376
31377 ;;;***
31378 \f
31379 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31380 ;;;;;; (18310 14579))
31381 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31382
31383 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31384 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31385 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31386 Returns the top node with all its children.
31387 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31388 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31389
31390 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31391
31392 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31393 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31394 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31395 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31396 is not well-formed XML.
31397 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31398 and returned as the first element of the list.
31399 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31400
31401 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31402
31403 ;;;***
31404 \f
31405 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18310
31406 ;;;;;; 14579))
31407 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31408
31409 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31410 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31411 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31412 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31413 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31414 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31415
31416 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31417
31418 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31419 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31420 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on if arg is positive, otherwise turn
31421 it off.
31422
31423 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31424 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31425 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31426 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31427 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31428 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31429
31430 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31431
31432 ;;;***
31433 \f
31434 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31435 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (18310 14589))
31436 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31437
31438 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31439 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31440
31441 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31442
31443 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31444 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31445
31446 \(fn)" nil nil)
31447
31448 ;;;***
31449 \f
31450 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31451 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (18310 14597))
31452 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31453
31454 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31455 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31456
31457 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31458
31459 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31460 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31461
31462 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31463
31464 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31465 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31466 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31467
31468 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31469
31470 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31471 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31472
31473 \(fn)" t nil)
31474
31475 ;;;***
31476 \f
31477 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (18310 14597))
31478 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31479
31480 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31481 Zone out, completely.
31482
31483 \(fn)" t nil)
31484
31485 ;;;***
31486 \f
31487 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31498 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31499 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31500 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31501 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31502 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31504 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31505 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31506 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31507 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31508 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31509 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31510 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31511 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
31512 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
31513 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
31514 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
31515 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el"
31516 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el"
31517 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
31518 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
31519 ;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
31520 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
31521 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
31522 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
31523 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
31524 ;;;;;; "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
31525 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
31526 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
31527 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
31528 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
31529 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
31530 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
31531 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
31532 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
31533 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
31534 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el"
31535 ;;;;;; "foldout.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el"
31536 ;;;;;; "forms-pass.el" "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31537 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31538 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31539 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31540 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31541 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31542 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31543 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31544 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31545 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31546 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31547 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31548 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31549 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31550 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31551 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31552 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31553 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31554 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31555 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31556 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31557 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31558 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31559 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31560 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31561 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31562 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31563 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31564 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31565 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31566 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31567 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31568 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31569 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31570 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31571 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31572 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31573 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31574 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31575 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31576 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31577 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31578 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31579 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31580 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31581 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31582 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31583 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31584 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31585 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31586 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31587 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31588 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31589 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31590 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/socks.el"
31591 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31592 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31593 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31594 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31595 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31596 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31597 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31598 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31599 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31600 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31601 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31602 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31603 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31604 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31605 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
31606 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/org-mac-message.el" "textmodes/org-mouse.el"
31607 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
31608 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
31609 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
31610 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
31611 ;;;;;; "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el"
31612 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-expand.el"
31613 ;;;;;; "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
31614 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el"
31615 ;;;;;; "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el"
31616 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
31617 ;;;;;; "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (18621 48126 934567))
31618
31619 ;;;***
31620 \f
31621 ;; Local Variables:
31622 ;; version-control: never
31623 ;; no-byte-compile: t
31624 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
31625 ;; End:
31626 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here